Annual
Report
2015
Poised for
GROWTH
Guaranty Federal Bancshares, Inc.
2015 Annual Report
Investor Information
ANNUAL MEETING OF STOCKHOLDERS:
The Annual Meeting of Stockholders of the Company will be held Wednesday, May 25, 2016 at 6:00 p.m., local time,
at Highland Springs Country Club, 5400 S. Highland Springs Blvd., Springfield, Missouri.
ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K:
Copies of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, including the financial statements, filed with the Securities
and Exchange Commission are available without charge upon written request to:
Vicki Lindsay, Secretary
Guaranty Federal Bancshares, Inc.,
1341 W. Battlefield St., Springfield, MO 65807-4181
TRANSFER AGENT:
Computershare Investor Services
PO Box 43078
Providence, RI 02940-3078
STOCK TRADING INFORMATION:
Symbol: GFED
SPECIAL LEGAL COUNSEL:
Husch Blackwell LLP
901 St. Louis St., Suite 1900
Springfield, MO 65806
INDEPENDENT REGISTERED
PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM:
BKD, LLP
910 St. Louis St.
PO Box 1190
Springfield, MO 65801-1190
STOCKHOLDER AND FINANCIAL INFORMATION:
Carter Peters,
Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer
417-520-4333
Company Overview
Branch Map
• Headquartered in Springfield, Missouri
• 100+ years of operating
• All 9 branches located in Springfield, Missouri MSA
• 4th largest deposit market share in MSA
• Springfield Business Journal (SBJ)
2013 & 2012 Choice Employer
• SBJ 2014 & 2013 Economic Impact Award Honoree
KANSAS
OKLAHOMA
FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS:
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015
Balance Sheet (dollars in thousands)
Total Assets
Total Loans
Total Deposits
Total Equity
Profitability
Return on Average Assets
Return on Average Equity
Net Interest Margin
Efficiency Ratio
$ 652,835
498,717
517,386
66,422
0.88%
8.81%
3.40%
65.66%
Asset Quality
Nonperforming Assets/Total Assets
2.47%
Capital
Tangible Common Equity Ratio
10.17%
Tangible Book Value Per Common Share $15.27
IOWA
Kansas City
ILLINOIS
St. Louis
MISSOURI
Springfield
Branson
ARKANSAS
BRANCH LOCATIONS
1905 W. Kearney
2109 N. Glenstone
Springfield
1341 W. Battlefield
1510 E. Sunshine
2155 W. Republic
4343 S. National
1701 W. State Hwy J
Hwy CC & Main
Nixa
Ozark
709 W. Mount Vernon
Branch Locations (9) Major Cities
The President’s Letter
DEAR FELLOW SHAREHOLDERS:
This past year was a solid year for us, even as we faced uncertain macroeconomic conditions,
adapted to regulatory changes and navigated a persistently low interest rate environment that
has lasted longer than we anticipated. Our 2015 net income was $5.7 million, and our diluted
earnings per common share of $1.30 represented a $0.03 decrease from 2014. Our 2015 return
on assets was 0.88 percent, and our return on equity was 8.81 percent.
At 2015 year-end our total deposits reached $517.4 million, up 7.8 percent from the prior year,
driven by both consumer and commercial growth. Total net loans finished up 1 percent at $492.9
million. We saw slight growth in our one-to-four family real estate and consumer portfolios, and
we generated the highest level of commercial loans since the beginning of the Great Recession in
2007. However, during the last half of the year we experienced a decline in our commercial portfolio
due to significant interest rate competition. We are confident in our ability to grow our commercial
portfolio while maintaining a strong credit and pricing discipline as rates are poised to rise.
We continued to strengthen our balance sheet in 2015 and ended the year with our highest-ever
levels of capital and liquidity. We finished 2015 with total equity of $66.4 million, Common Equity
Tier 1 capital of $78.6 million, and a Common Equity Tier 1 ratio of 13.4 percent.
In 2015 we increased dividends declared for the year to $0.23 from $0.15 in 2014. The Board of
Directors’ decision to increase the dividend paid to common shareholders in the fourth quarter
underscores our confidence in the present and future earnings power of your Company. Our stock
price at the end of 2015 was $15.25 per share, up 16 percent from the end of 2014. Over the
past year the stock appreciation, coupled with quarterly dividends, resulted in a total shareholder
return of 18 percent. This compared very favorably to the industry as the total return for the SNL
U.S. Bank Index was 2 percent. We believe our shares are undervalued relative to our sector, the
operating performance we have delivered, and, most importantly, the opportunities for growth as
we drive forward.
TOTAL ASSETS ($M)
619.9
628.5
652.8
2013Y
2014Y
2015Y
NET INCOME AVAILABLE
TO COMMON
SHAREHOLDERS ($M)
5.4
5.7
4.4
2013Y
2014Y
2015Y
TANGIBLE BOOK VALUE (TBV)
PER SHARE
Guaranty Federal has served its shareholders, customers and communities with distinction for
more than 100 years and we celebrated 20 years as a public company traded on the NASDAQ in
2015. Looking to the future, we created a new strategic plan in 2015 focused on growth, core
operating improvements and meeting the product and service demands of a rapidly changing
customer base. Focusing on the best customer experience was also a significant training initiative
for every associate in 2015. Creating “Moments of Magic” to deliver “World Class Service” has
become a cultural mantra in our organization that will continue to differentiate Guaranty from our
super-regional and national competitors.
To complement the more intentional emphasis on the customer service experience, we have
also implemented several technology enhancements including instant issue debit cards,
online consumer loan applications and a more robust online banking platform. Furthering our
focus on security and technology, EMV chip-enabled debit cards, E-Sign document processing,
15.50
15.00
14.50
14.00
13.50
13.00
12.50
12.00
11.50
TBV ($)
16.00
TBV / Share ($)
Price / TBV (%)
93
78
TBV (%)
200.00
180.00
160.00
140.00
120.00
100
100.00
80.00
60.00
40.00
20.00
0.00
2013Y
2014Y
2015Y
The President’s Letter (Continued)
Apple Pay and an expanded Merchant Services program are just a few of the initiatives in the
queue for 2016.
We significantly enhanced our dedicated small business lending team in 2015, adding three
experienced lenders and a proven leader to our Corporate Services group. As a community bank,
small business lending is our bread and butter. We believe we can further support the growth
of our local economies by increasing our production in this category. We are confident in our
growth prospects and are seeing immediate results, moving into the top 10 list of lenders in the
Kansas City District SBA Territory for their first quarter of fiscal 2016.
It was a good year, but we are confident that we can do better! Certainly, all the regulatory,
technological, competitive and economic changes we face today will persist. We have a strategy
and a top-notch team that will allow us to effectively meet these challenges and compete
against other financial service providers both big and small. I am thankful for our dedicated
and professional team.
I’m also thankful to you, our investors, for the confidence you have placed in us. With your
ongoing support, our team and strategy will deliver solid returns for years to come. Finally, I
would like to thank our Board of Directors. The accomplishments we have made are the result
of their leadership, engagement and guidance.
In closing, we wish Mike Mattson and Don Gibson all the best in their retirement. Mike will
retire on June 30, 2016. His banking career spans 30+ years and we have been fortunate to
have him as our Chief Lending Officer since 2006. He has developed a tremendous group of
commercial bankers that is recognized as one of the best teams in the market and envied by
the competition. We will miss his calm demeanor and strong leadership. Following the annual
meeting, Don Gibson will retire from the board after an impressive 55 years in the banking
industry. Don served as President and CEO of the Company and Bank from 2002 to 2005 and
as Chairman of the Board since 2005. Don was instrumental in the transformation of the
Company from a thrift charter during his tenure as CEO. His leadership and experience are
at the foundation of the Company we are today. He has been a great mentor to me and I am
especially thankful for his personal guidance and friendship.
Sincerely,
Shaun A. Burke
President & Chief Executive Officer
Guaranty Federal Bancshares, Inc.
TOTAL 1-YEAR SHAREHOLDER RETURN
GFED (+17.60)
SNL U.S. Bank (+1.71%)
20.00
15.00
10.00
%
N
R
U
T
E
R
L
A
T
O
T
5.00
0.00
(5.00)
(10.00)
12/31/14
3/31/15
6/30/15
9/30/15
12/31/15
SNL U.S. Bank: Includes all Major Exchange
(NYSE, NYSE MKT, NASDAQ) Banks in
SNL’s coverage universe.
TOTAL 3-YEAR SHAREHOLDER RETURN
GFED (+127.47)
SNL U.S. Bank (+56.10%)
140.00
120.00
100.00
%
N
R
U
T
E
R
L
A
T
O
T
80.00
60.00
40.00
20.00
0.00
12/31/12
12/31/13
12/31/14
12/31/15
SNL U.S. Bank: Includes all Major Exchange
(NYSE, NYSE MKT, NASDAQ) Banks in
SNL’s coverage universe.
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K
[ X ] ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015
- or -
[ ] TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from to _____________________
Commission File Number: 0-23325
GUARANTY FEDERAL BANCSHARES, INC.
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)
Delaware
(State or Other Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization)
43-1792717
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
1341 West Battlefield, Springfield, Missouri
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)
65807
(Zip Code)
Registrant's telephone number, including area code: (417) 520-4333
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of Class
Exchange on which Registered
Common Stock, par value $.10 per share
NASDAQ Global Market
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ___ No X_
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act. Yes ___ No X_
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing
requirements for the past 90 days. Yes X No ___
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File
required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter
period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes X No __
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained,
to the best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment
to this Form 10-K. [ ]
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company.
See the definitions of “large accelerated filer”, “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
Large accelerated file ___
Smaller reporting company X
Accelerated filer ___
Non-accelerated filer ___
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes __ No X
The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant, based on the average bid and asked
prices of the registrant's Common Stock as quoted on the Global Market of The NASDAQ Stock Market on June 30, 2015 (the last business day of the
registrant’s most recently completed second quarter) was $57.9 million. As of March 14, 2016 there were 4,431,470 shares of the registrant's Common Stock
outstanding.
Portions of the Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders (the “Proxy Statement”) to be held on May 25, 2016 (Part III).
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
FORM 10-K
This page intentionally left blank
FORM 10-K GUARANTY FEDERAL BANCSHARES, INC.
Form 10-K
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PART I
Item
Page
1 Business ........................................................................................................................................................ 1
1A Risk Factors .................................................................................................................................................. 27
1B Unresolved Staff Comments ......................................................................................................................... 36
2 Properties ...................................................................................................................................................... 36
3 Legal Proceedings ......................................................................................................................................... 37
4 Mine Safety Disclosures ............................................................................................................................... 37
PART II
5 Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity
Securities ...................................................................................................................................................... 38
6 Selected Financial Data ................................................................................................................................ 40
7 Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations ........................ 41
7A Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk ...................................................................... 52
8 Financial Statements and Supplementary Data ............................................................................................. 55
9 Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure ....................... 98
9A Controls and Procedures ............................................................................................................................... 98
9B Other Information ......................................................................................................................................... 99
PART III
10 Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance ............................................................................ 100
11 Executive Compensation .............................................................................................................................. 100
12 Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters ..... 100
13 Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence .............................................. 101
14 Principal Accounting Fees and Services ....................................................................................................... 101
PART IV
15 Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules ................................................................................................ 101
Signatures
FORM 10-K
This page intentionally left blank
FORM 10-K Item 1. Business
Guaranty Federal Bancshares, Inc.
PART I
Guaranty Federal Bancshares, Inc. (hereinafter referred to as “we,” “us,” “our,” or the “Company”) is a Delaware-
chartered corporation that was formed in September 1997. The Company became a unitary savings and loan holding company
for Guaranty Federal Savings Bank, a federal savings bank (the "Bank") on December 30, 1997, in connection with a plan of
conversion and reorganization involving the Bank and its then existing mutual holding company. The mutual holding
company structure had been created in April 1995 at which time more than a majority of the shares of the Bank were issued
to the mutual holding company and the remaining shares were sold in a public offering. In connection with the conversion
and reorganization on December 30, 1997, the shares of the Bank held by the mutual holding company were extinguished
along with the mutual holding company, and the shares of the Bank held by the public were exchanged for shares of the
Company. All of the shares of the Bank which remained outstanding after the conversion are owned by the Company.
On June 27, 2003, the Bank converted from a federal savings bank to a state-chartered trust company with banking
powers in Missouri, and the Company became a bank holding company. On this date, the name of the Bank was changed
from Guaranty Federal Savings Bank to Guaranty Bank. The primary activity of the Company is to oversee its investment in
the Bank. The Company engages in few other activities. For this reason, unless otherwise specified, references to the
Company include operations of the Bank. Further, information in a chart or table based on Bank only data is identical to or
immaterially different from information that would be provided on a consolidated basis. In addition to the Bank, the Company
owns Guaranty Statutory Trust I and Guaranty Statutory Trust II, both Delaware statutory trusts.
At December 31, 2015, the Company’s consolidated assets were $652.8 million, net loans were $492.9 million,
deposits were $517.4 million and total stockholders’ equity was $66.4 million. See Item 6 “Selected Consolidated Financial
Data” for further details regarding the Company’s financial position and results of operations for the previous five fiscal
years.
Guaranty Bank
The Bank's principal business has been, and continues to be, attracting retail deposits from the general public and
investing those deposits, together with funds generated from operations, in commercial real estate loans, multi-family
residential mortgage loans, construction loans, permanent one- to four-family residential mortgage loans, business, consumer
and other loans. The Bank also invests in mortgage-backed securities, U.S. Government and federal agency securities and
other marketable securities. The Bank's revenues are derived principally from interest on its loans and other investments and
fees charged for services provided, and gains generated from sales of loans and investment securities, and the Bank’s results
of operations are primarily dependent on net interest margin, which is the difference between interest income on interest-
earning assets and interest expense on interest-bearing liabilities. The Bank's primary sources of funds are: deposits;
borrowings; amortization and prepayments of loan principal; and amortizations, prepayments and maturities of investment
securities.
The Bank is regulated by the Missouri Division of Finance (“MDF”) and its deposits are insured by the Deposit
Insurance Fund of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the "FDIC"). See discussion under section captioned
“Supervision and Regulation” in this Item 1. The Bank is a member of the FHLB of Des Moines, which is one of 11 regional
Federal Home Loan Banks (“FHLB”).
Internet Website
The Company’s internet website address is www.gbankmo.com. The information contained on that website is not
included as part of, or incorporated by reference into, this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The Company makes available
through its website its Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q and Current Reports on Form 8-K and
any amendments to these reports as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed or furnished to the
Securities and Exchange Commission. These materials are also available free of charge (other than a user's regular internet
access charges) on the Securities and Exchange Commission's website at www.sec.gov.
1
FORM 10-K
Market Area
The Bank's primary market areas are Greene and Christian Counties, which are in the southwestern corner of
Missouri and includes the cities of Springfield, Nixa and Ozark, Missouri (our “Market Area”). The major components of the
local economy are service industries, education, retail, light manufacturing and health care. There is a significant regional
health care presence with two large regional hospitals. There also are four accredited colleges and one major university. Part
of the area’s growth can be attributed to its proximity to Branson, Missouri, which has developed a strong tourism industry
related to country music and entertainment. Branson is located 30 miles south of Springfield, and attracts between five and
six million tourists each year, many of whom pass through Springfield. The Bank also has a Loan Production Office in
Webster County, Missouri.
Lending Activities
Like many commercial banks in our market, our loan portfolio is comprised of different types of industries.
However, real estate lending is a significant portion of our business and accounted for more than 79% of our loan portfolio
by value as of December 31, 2015. Set forth below is selected data relating to the composition of the Bank’s loan portfolio
at the dates indicated:
Composition of Loan Portfolio
2015
2014
As of December 31,
2013
2012
2011
$
%
$
%
$
%
$
%
$
%
(Dollars in Thousands)
Mortgage loans (includes
loans held for sale):
One to four family ......... $ 100,160
Multi-family .................. 41,604
Construction .................. 45,463
Commercial real estate .. 208,824
Total mortgage loans ......... 396,051
Commercial business
20% $ 99,116
8% 33,786
9% 36,785
42% 215,605
79% 385,292
20% $ 94,422
7% 46,188
7% 43,266
44% 179,079
78% 362,955
20% $ 102,225
10% 46,405
9% 48,917
38% 167,761
77% 365,308
21% $ 101,734
10% 43,166
10% 44,912
35% 194,856
77% 384,668
loans ......................... 81,007
Consumer loans ............. 21,992
16% 92,114
4% 17,246
19% 92,722
3% 17,303
20% 95,227
4% 16,717
20% 88,089
4% 20,758
Total commercial
21%
9%
9%
39%
78%
18%
4%
business and other loans 102,999
22%
Total loans ........................ 499,050 100% 494,652 100% 472,980 100% 477,252 100% 493,515 100%
Less:
23% 108,847
23% 111,944
21% 109,360
22% 110,025
Deferred loan
fees/costs, net ...........
333
Allowance for loan
losses ........................
5,812
262
6,589
175
7,802
136
8,740
Total Loans, net ................ $ 492,905
$ 487,801
$ 465,003
$ 468,376
238
10,613
$ 482,664
2
FORM 10-K
The following table sets forth the maturity of the Bank's loan portfolio as of December 31, 2015. The table shows
loans that have adjustable rates as due in the period during which they contractually mature. The table does not include
prepayments or scheduled principal amortization.
Loan Maturities
Due in One
Year or Less
Due After
One Through
Five Years
Due After
Five Years
(Dollars in thousands)
One to four family .......................................................... $
Multi-family ...................................................................
Construction ...................................................................
Commercial real estate ...................................................
Commercial loans ...........................................................
Consumer loans ..............................................................
Total loans (1) ............................................................. $
Less:
Deferred loan fees/costs .................................................
Allowance for loan losses ..............................................
Loans receivable net .......................................................
(1) Includes mortgage loans held for sale of $1,903
15,866 $
1,172
32,128
36,222
29,479
8,071
122,938 $
45,598 $
32,315
8,415
95,853
37,411
8,037
227,629 $
38,696 $
8,117
4,920
76,749
14,117
5,884
148,483 $
$
Total
100,160
41,604
45,463
208,824
81,007
21,992
499,050
333
5,812
492,905
The following table sets forth the dollar amount, before deductions for unearned discounts, deferred loan fees/costs
and allowance for loan losses, as of December 31, 2015 of all loans due after December 2016, which have pre-determined
interest rates and which have adjustable interest rates.
Fixed
Rates
Adjustable
Rates
Total
(Dollars in Thousands)
%
Adjustable
One to four family ........................................................... $
Multi-family ....................................................................
Construction ....................................................................
Commercial real estate ....................................................
Commercial loans ............................................................
Consumer loans ...............................................................
Total loans (1) ................................................................. $
51,967 $
34,900
7,966
109,311
31,781
3,130
239,055 $
32,327 $
5,532
5,370
63,291
19,747
10,790
137,057 $
84,294
40,432
13,336
172,602
51,528
13,920
376,112
38%
14%
40%
37%
38%
78%
36%
(1) Before deductions for unearned discounts, deferred loan fees/costs and allowances for loan losses.
Commercial Real Estate Loans. As of December 31, 2015, the Bank had commercial real estate loans totaling
$208.8 million or 42% of the Bank's total loan portfolio. Commercial real estate loans are generally originated in amounts up
to 80% of the appraised value of the mortgaged property. The majority of the Bank’s commercial real estate loans have been
originated with adjustable rates of interest, the majority of which are quoted at a spread to the Wall Street Prime rate for the
initial fixed rate period with subsequent adjustments at a spread to the Wall Street Prime rate. The Bank's commercial real
estate loans are generally permanent loans secured by improved property such as office buildings, retail stores, small shopping
centers, medical offices, motels, churches and other non-residential buildings.
3
FORM 10-K
To originate commercial real estate loans, the Bank generally requires a mortgage and security interest in the subject
real estate, personal guarantees of the principals, a security interest in the related personal property, and a standby assignment
of rents and leases. The Bank has established its loan-to-one borrower limitation, which was $21.1 million as of
December 31, 2015, as its maximum commercial real estate loan amount. Because of the small number of commercial real
estate loans and the relationship of each borrower to the Bank, each such loan has differing terms and conditions applicable
to the particular borrower.
Loans secured by commercial real estate are generally larger and involve a greater degree of risk than residential
mortgage loans. Because payments on loans secured by commercial real estate are often dependent on successful operation
or management of the properties, repayment of such loans may be subject, to a greater extent, to adverse conditions in the
real estate market or the economy. The Bank seeks to minimize these risks by careful underwriting, requiring personal
guarantees, lending only to established customers and borrowers otherwise known by the Bank, and generally restricting such
loans to its primary Market Area.
As of December 31, 2015, the Bank’s commercial real estate loan portfolio included approximately $8.3 million, or
1.7% in loans to develop land into residential lots. The Bank utilizes its knowledge of the local market conditions and
appraisals to evaluate the development cost and estimate projected lot prices and absorption rates to assess loans on residential
subdivisions. The Bank typically loans up to 75% of the appraised value over terms up to two years. Development loans
generally involve a greater degree of risk than residential mortgage loans because (1) the funds are advanced upon the security
of the land which has a materially lower value prior to completion of the infrastructure required of a subdivision, (2) the cash
flow available for debt repayment is a function of the sale of the individual lots, and (3) the amount of interest required to
service the debt is a function of the time required to complete the development and sell the lots.
Commercial Business Loans. As of December 31, 2015, the Bank had commercial business loans totaling $81.0
million or 16% of the Bank's total loan portfolio. Commercial business loans are generally secured by business assets, such
as accounts receivable, equipment and inventory. Unlike residential mortgage loans, which generally are made on the basis
of the borrower's ability to make repayment from his or her employment and other income and which are secured by real
property whose value tends to be more easily ascertainable, commercial business loans are of higher risk and typically are
made on the basis of the borrower's ability to make repayment from the cash flow of the borrower's business. As a result, the
availability of funds for the repayment of commercial business loans may be substantially dependent on the success of the
business itself. Further, the collateral securing the loans may depreciate over time, may be difficult to appraise and may
fluctuate in value based on the success of the business. The Bank expects to continue to expand its commercial business
lending as opportunities present themselves.
One- to Four-Family Mortgage Loans. The Bank offers fixed- and adjustable-rate (“ARM”) first mortgage loans
secured by one- to four-family residences in the Bank's primary lending area. Typically, such residences are single family
homes that serve as the primary residence of the owner. However, there are a number of loans originated by the Bank which
are secured by non-owner occupied properties. Loan originations are generally obtained from existing or past customers,
members of the local community, attorney referrals, established builders and realtors within our Market Area. Originated
mortgage loans in the Bank's portfolio include due-on-sale clauses which provide the Bank with the contractual right to deem
the loan immediately due and payable in the event that the borrower transfers ownership of the property without the Bank's
consent.
As of December 31, 2015, $100.2 million or 20% of the Bank’s total loan portfolio consisted of one- to four-family
residential loans. The Bank currently offers ARM and balloon loans that have fixed interest rate periods of one to seven years.
Generally, ARM loans provide for limits on the maximum interest rate adjustment ("caps") that can be made at the end of
each applicable period and throughout the duration of the loan. ARM loans are originated for a term of up to 30 years on
owner-occupied properties and generally up to 25 years on non-owner occupied properties. Typically, interest rate
adjustments are calculated based on U.S. treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year (CMT), plus a 2.50%
to 2.75% margin. Interest rates charged on fixed-rate loans are competitively priced based on market conditions and the cost
of funds existing at the time the loan is committed. The Bank's fixed-rate mortgage loans are made for terms of 15 to 30 years
which are currently being sold on the secondary market.
Generally, ARM loans pose credit risks different from the risks inherent in fixed-rate loans, primarily because as
interest rates rise, the underlying payments of the borrower rise, thereby increasing the potential for default. At the same time,
the marketability of the underlying property may be adversely affected by higher interest rates. The Bank does not originate
ARM loans that provide for negative amortization.
4
FORM 10-K
The Bank generally originates both owner occupied and non-owner occupied one- to four-family residential
mortgage loans in amounts up to 80% of the appraised value or the selling price of the mortgaged property, whichever is
lower. The Bank on occasion may make loans up to 95% of appraised value or the selling price of the mortgage property,
whichever is lower. However, the Bank typically requires private mortgage insurance for the excess amount over 80% for
mortgage loans with loan to value percentages greater than 80%.
Multi-Family Mortgage Loans. The Bank originates multi-family mortgage loans in its primary lending area. As
of December 31, 2015, $41.6 million or 8% of the Bank's total loan portfolio consisted of multi-family residential real estate
loans. With regard to multi-family mortgage loans, the Bank generally requires personal guarantees of the principals as well
as a security interest in the real estate. Multi-family mortgage loans are generally originated in amounts of up to 80% of the
appraised value of the property. A portion of the Bank’s multi-family mortgage loans have been originated with adjustable
rates of interest which are quoted at a spread to the FHLB advance rate for the initial fixed rate period with subsequent
adjustments based on the Wall Street prime rate. The loan-to-one-borrower limitation, $21.1 million as of December 31,
2015, is the maximum the Bank will lend on a multi-family residential real estate loan.
Loans secured by multi-family residential real estate generally involve a greater degree of credit risk than one- to
four-family residential mortgage loans and carry larger loan balances. This increased credit risk is a result of several factors,
including the concentration of principal in a limited number of loans and borrowers, the effects of general economic
conditions on income producing properties, and the increased difficulty of evaluating and monitoring these types of loans.
Furthermore, the repayment of loans secured by multi-family residential real estate is typically dependent upon the successful
operation of the related real estate property. If the cash flow from the project is reduced, the borrower's ability to repay the
loan may be impaired.
Construction Loans. As of December 31, 2015, construction loans totaled $45.5 million or 9% of the Bank's total
loan portfolio. Construction loans originated by the Bank are generally secured by permanent mortgage loans for the
construction of owner-occupied residential real estate or to finance speculative construction secured by residential real estate
or owner-operated commercial real estate. This portion of the Bank’s loan portfolio consists of speculative loans, i.e., loans
to builders who are speculating that they will be able to locate a purchaser for the underlying property prior to or shortly after
the time construction has been completed.
Construction loans are made to contractors who have sufficient financial strength and a proven track record, for the
purpose of resale, as well as on a "pre-sold" basis. Construction loans made for the purpose of resale generally provide for
interest only payments at floating rates and have terms of six months to fifteen months. Construction loans for speculative
purposes, models, and commercial properties typically have loan to value ratios of up to 80%. Loan proceeds are disbursed
in increments as construction progresses and as inspections warrant.
Construction lending by its nature entails significant additional risks as compared with one-to four-family mortgage
lending, attributable primarily to the fact that funds are advanced upon the security of the project under construction prior to
its completion. As a result, construction lending often involves the disbursement of substantial funds with repayment
dependent on the success of the ultimate project and the ability of the borrower or guarantor to repay the loan. Because of
these factors, the analysis of the prospective construction loan projects requires an expertise that is different in significant
respects from that which is required for residential mortgage lending. The Bank attempts to address these risks through its
underwriting and construction monitoring procedures.
Consumer and Other Loans. The Bank also offers consumer loans, primarily consisting of loans secured by
certificates of deposit, automobiles, boats and home equity loans. As of December 31, 2015, the Bank has such loans totaling
$22.0 million or 4% of the Bank’s total loan portfolio. The Bank expects to continue to expand its consumer lending as
opportunities present themselves.
Director and Insider loans. Management believes that loans to Directors and Officers are prudent and within the
normal course of business. These loans reflect normal credit terms and represent no more collection risk than any other loan
in the portfolio.
Delinquencies, Non-Performing and Problem Assets.
Delinquent Loans. As of December 31, 2015, the Bank has eight loans 90 days or more past due with a principal
balance of $2,423,350 and ten loans between 30 and 89 days past due with an aggregate principal balance of $265,987. The
Bank generally does not accrue interest on loans past due more than 90 days.
5
FORM 10-K
The following table sets forth the Bank's loans that were accounted for on a non-accrual basis or 90 days or more
delinquent at the dates indicated.
Delinquency Summary
Loans accounted for on a non-accrual basis or
contractually past due 90 days or more
Mortgage Loans:
One to four family ............................................ $
Multi-family .....................................................
Construction .....................................................
Commercial real estate .....................................
Non-mortgage loans:
Commercial loans .............................................
Consumer and other loans ................................
Total non-accrual loans .................................
Accruing loans which are contractually past
maturity or past due 90 days or more:
Mortgage Loans:
One to four family ............................................
Multi-family .....................................................
Construction .....................................................
Commercial real estate .....................................
Non-mortgage loans:
Commercial loans .............................................
Consumer and other loans ................................
Total past maturity or past due accruing
loans ..........................................................
Total accounted for on a non-accrual basis or
contractually past maturity or 90 days or more
past due ............................................................ $
Total accounted for on a non-accrual basis or
contractually past maturity or 90 days or more
past due as a percentage of net loans................
Total accounted for on a non-accrual basis or
contractually past maturity or 90 days or more
past due as a percentage of total assets ............
2015
As of
December 31,
2013
(Dollars in Thousands)
2014
2012
2011
2,272 $
-
8,080
1,241
11,593
2,149
13
2,162
13,755
911 $
-
2,893
460
4,264
1,027
-
1,027
5,291
816 $
-
4,530
3,663
9,009
6,776
63
6,839
15,848
2,281 $
-
6,274
3,664
12,219
2,793
319
3,112
15,331
1,671
-
8,514
4,083
14,268
2,377
357
2,734
17,002
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
13,755 $
5,291 $
15,848 $
15,331 $
17,002
2.79%
1.08%
3.41%
3.27%
3.52%
2.11%
0.84%
2.56%
2.32%
2.62%
Non-Performing Assets. Loans are reviewed on a regular basis and are placed on non-accrual status when, in the
opinion of management, the collection of all interest at contractual rates becomes doubtful. As part of such review, mortgage
loans are placed on non-accrual status generally when either principal or interest is more than 90 days past due, or when other
circumstances indicate the collection of principal or interest is in doubt. Interest accrued and unpaid at the time a loan is
placed on non-accrual status is charged against interest income.
6
FORM 10-K
Real estate acquired by the Bank as a result of foreclosure or by deed in lieu of foreclosure is deemed a foreclosed
asset held for sale until such time as it is sold. When a foreclosed asset held for sale is acquired it is recorded at its estimated
fair value, less estimated selling expenses. Valuations of such foreclosed assets are periodically performed by management,
and any subsequent decline in estimated fair value is charged to operations.
The following table shows the principal amount of non-performing assets (i.e. loans that are not performing under
regulatory guidelines) and all foreclosed assets, including assets acquired in settlement of loans and the resulting impact on
interest income for the periods then ended.
Non-Performing Assets
Non-accrual loans:
Mortgage loans:
One to four family ............................................ $
Multi-family .....................................................
Construction .....................................................
Commercial real estate .....................................
Non-mortgage loans:
Commercial loans .............................................
Consumer and other loans ................................
Total non-accrual loans .................................
Real estate and other assets acquired in
2015
As of
December 31,
2013
(Dollars in Thousands)
2014
2012
2011
2,272 $
-
8,080
1,241
11,593
2,149
13
2,162
13,755
911 $
-
2,893
460
4,264
1,027
-
1,027
5,291
816 $
-
4,530
3,663
9,009
6,776
63
6,839
15,848
2,281 $
-
6,274
3,664
12,219
2,793
319
3,112
15,331
1,671
-
8,514
4,083
14,268
2,377
357
2,734
17,002
settlement of loans ...........................................
Total non-performing assets ................................. $
2,392
16,147 $
3,165
8,456 $
3,822
19,670 $
4,530
19,861 $
10,012
27,014
Total non-accrual loans as a percentage of net
loans .................................................................
2.79%
1.08%
3.41%
3.27%
3.52%
Total non-performing assets as a percentage of
total assets ........................................................
2.47%
1.35%
3.17%
3.01%
4.17%
Impact on interest income for the period:
Interest income that would have been recorded
on non-accruing loans ...................................... $
573 $
337 $
572 $
484 $
243
7
FORM 10-K
Problem Assets. Federal regulations require that the Bank review and classify its assets on a regular basis to
determine those assets considered to be of lesser quality. In addition, in connection with examinations of insured institutions,
bank examiners have authority to identify problem assets and, if appropriate, require them to be classified. There are three
classifications for problem assets: substandard, doubtful, and loss. "Substandard assets" must have one or more defined
weaknesses and are characterized by the distinct possibility that the insured institution will sustain some loss if the
deficiencies are not corrected. "Doubtful assets" have the weaknesses of substandard assets with the additional characteristic
that the weaknesses make collection or liquidation in full on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions, and values highly
questionable, and improbable. An asset classified "loss" is considered uncollectible and of such little value that continuance
as an asset of the institution is not warranted. The regulations have also created a “special mention” category, described as
assets which do not currently expose an insured institution to a sufficient degree of risk to warrant classification but do
possess credit deficiencies or potential weaknesses deserving management's close attention. Federal regulations require the
Bank to establish general allowances for loan losses from assets classified as substandard or doubtful. If an asset or portion
thereof is classified as loss, the insured institution must either establish specific allowances for loan losses in the amount of
100% of the portion of the asset classified loss or charge off such amount. A portion of general loss allowances established
to cover possible losses related to assets classified substandard or doubtful may be included in determining an institution's
regulatory capital.
For management purposes, the Bank also designates certain loans for additional attention. Such loans are called
“Special Mention” and have identified weaknesses, that if the situation deteriorates, the loans would merit a substandard
classification.
The following table shows the aggregate amounts of the Bank's classified assets as of December 31, 2015.
Special Mention
Substandard
Doubtful
Total
Number Amount Number Amount Number Amount Number Amount
(Dollars in Thousands)
Loans:
One to four family .....
Multi-family .............
Construction .............
Commercial real
estate .....................
Commercial ..............
Consumer and Other .
Total loans ....................
Foreclosed assets held-
for-sale:
One to four family ....
Land and other assets
Total foreclosed assets .
Total ..........................
2 $
-
-
3,319
-
-
33 $
-
7
3,671
-
8,080
5
3
-
10
3,657
2,267
-
9,243
6,937
17
4,730
20
217
3
80 23,635
-
-
-
10 $
-
-
-
9,243
-
7
7
-
2,392
2,392
87 $ 26,027
- $
-
-
-
2
-
2
-
-
-
2 $
-
-
-
-
603
-
603
-
-
-
603
35 $ 6,990
-
8,080
-
7
22 10,594
7,600
25
217
3
92 33,481
-
-
2,392
7
2,392
7
99 $ 35,873
Allowance for Loan Losses and Provision for Loan Losses
The allowance for loan losses is established through a provision for loan losses based on management's evaluation
of the risk inherent in its loan portfolio and the general economy. Such evaluation, which includes a review of all loans on
which full collectability may not be reasonably assured, considers among other matters, the estimated fair value of the
underlying collateral, economic conditions, historical loan loss experience, and other factors that warrant recognition in
providing for an adequate loan loss allowance. In addition, various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination
process, periodically review the Bank's allowance for loan losses and valuation of foreclosed assets held for sale. Such
agencies may require the Bank to recognize additions to the allowance based on their judgments about information available
to them at the time of their examination.
8
FORM 10-K
As of December 31, 2015, the Bank's total allowance for loan losses was $5.8 million or 1.17% of gross loans
outstanding (excluding mortgage loans held for sale), a decrease of $777,000 from December 31, 2014. The Bank experienced
loan charge offs in excess of recoveries as management charged off specific loans that had been previously identified and
classified as impaired. This allowance reflects not only management's determination to maintain an allowance for loan losses
consistent with regulatory expectations for non-performing or problem assets, but also reflects the regional economy and the
Bank's policy of evaluating the risks inherent in its loan portfolio.
Management records a provision for loan losses to bring the total allowance for loan losses to a level considered
adequate based on the Bank’s internal analysis and methodology. During 2015, the Bank recorded a provision for loan loss
expense, as shown in the table below. Management anticipates the need to continue adding to the allowance through charges
to provision for loan losses as growth in the loan portfolio or other circumstances warrant.
The following tables set forth certain information concerning the Bank's allowance for loan losses for the periods
indicated.
Allowance for Loan Losses
Beginning balance ............................................. $
Gross loan charge offs
Mortgage Loans:
One to four family ...........................................
Multi-family ....................................................
Construction ....................................................
Commercial real estate ....................................
Non-mortgage loans:
Commercial loans ............................................
Consumer and other loans ...............................
Total charge offs ..........................................
Recoveries
Mortgage Loans:
One to four family ...........................................
Multi-family ....................................................
Construction ....................................................
Commercial real estate ....................................
Non-mortgage loans:
Commercial loans ............................................
Consumer and other loans ...............................
Total recoveries ............................................
Net loan charge-offs ..........................................
Provision charged to expense ..............................
Ending balance .................................................. $
Net charge-offs as a percentage of average loans,
2015
2014
Year ended
December 31,
2013
(Dollars in Thousands)
2012
2011
6,589 $
7,802 $
8,740 $
10,613 $
13,083
(99)
-
(1,233)
-
(1,332)
-
(119)
(119)
(1,451)
(127)
-
(411)
(9)
(547)
(2,018)
(150)
(2,168)
(2,715)
(139)
-
(879)
(277)
(1,295)
(1,268)
(164)
(1,432)
(2,727)
20
-
10
-
30
9
-
5
99
113
23
-
50
-
73
4
40
44
74
(1,377)
600
5,812 $
65
49
114
227
(2,488)
1,275
6,589 $
110
56
166
239
(2,488)
1,550
7,802 $
(265)
-
(1,335)
(985)
(2,585)
(5,547)
(73)
(5,620)
(8,205)
25
-
28
94
147
198
37
235
382
(7,823)
5,950
8,740 $
(966)
-
(2,381)
(2,744)
(6,091)
(1,362)
(322)
(1,684)
(7,775)
45
-
77
221
343
322
1,290
1,612
1,955
(5,820)
3,350
10,613
net ....................................................................
0.27%
0.53%
0.53%
1.68%
1.19%
Allowance for loan losses as a percentage of
average loans, net ............................................
1.16%
1.41%
1.67%
1.88%
2.17%
Allowance for loan losses as a percentage of
total non-performing loans ..............................
42%
125%
49%
57%
62%
9
FORM 10-K
Allocation of Allowance for Loan Losses
The following table shows the amount of the allowance allocated to the mortgage and non-mortgage loan categories
and the respective percent of that loan category to total loans.
2015
2014
As of
December 31,
2013
2012
2011
Amount %
Amount %
Amount %
Amount %
Amount %
Mortgage Loans $ 3,770
Non-Mortgage
Loans ............. 2,042
Total ............. $ 5,812
Investment Activities
65% $ 4,349
66 % $ 5,652
72 % $ 6,642
76% $ 7,358
69%
(Dollars in thousands)
35% 2,240
100% $ 6,589
34 % 2,150
100 % $ 7,802
28 % 2,098
100 % $ 8,740
24% 3,255
100% $ 10,613
31%
100%
The investment policy of the Company, which is established by the Company’s Board of Directors and reviewed by
the Asset/Liability Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors, is designed primarily to provide and maintain liquidity,
to generate a favorable return on investments, to help mitigate interest rate and credit risk, and to complement the Bank's
lending activities. The policy currently provides for held-to-maturity and available-for-sale investment security portfolios.
The Company does not currently engage in trading investment securities and does not anticipate doing so in the future. As of
December 31, 2015, the Company has investment securities with an amortized cost of $98.4 million and an estimated fair
value of $97.3 million. See Note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for description of the accounting policy
for investments. Based on the carrying value of these securities, $97.3 million, or 99.9%, of the Company’s investment
securities portfolio are available-for-sale.
From time to time, the Company will sell a security to change its interest rate risk profile or restructure the portfolio
and its cash flows. In 2015, the Company sold $33.1 million in securities and recognized $187,090 of gains.
The Company has the authority to invest in various types of liquid assets, including United States Treasury
obligations, securities of various federal agencies, corporate securities, trust preferred securities, certain certificates of deposit
of insured banks and savings institutions, certain bankers' acceptances, repurchase agreements, and sale of federal funds.
10
FORM 10-K
Composition of Investment Securities Portfolio
The following tables set forth the amortized cost and approximate fair market values of the available-for-sale
securities and held-to-maturity securities.
Amortized
Cost
Gross
Unrealized
Gains
Gross
Unrealized
(Losses)
Approximate
Fair
Value
As of December 31, 2015
AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE SECURITIES:
Equity Securities ................................................................. $
Debt Securities:
102,212 $
10,081 $
(12,776) $
99,517
U. S. government agencies .............................................. 8,533,885
Corporates ........................................................................ 3,965,719
Municipals ....................................................................... 31,132,635
Government sponsored mortgage-backed securities and
-
-
302,335
(137,101) 8,396,784
(152,019) 3,813,700
(85,808) 31,349,162
SBA loan pools ............................................................ 54,643,681
13,764 (1,024,121) 53,633,324
HELD-TO-MATURITY SECURITIES:
Government sponsored mortgage-backed securities ........
43,099
$ 98,421,231 $
836
43,935
327,016 $ (1,411,825) $ 97,336,422
-
Amortized
Cost
Gross
Unrealized
Gains
Gross
Unrealized
(Losses)
Approximate
Fair
Value
As of December 31, 2014
AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE SECURITIES:
Equity Securities ................................................................. $
Debt Securities:
102,212 $
16,121 $
(13,310) $
105,023
U. S. government agencies .............................................. 10,528,055
Municipals ....................................................................... 15,474,316
Government sponsored mortgage-backed securities and
-
185,747
(271,282) 10,256,773
(70,173) 15,589,890
SBA loan pools ............................................................ 61,075,181
235,977
(794,859) 60,516,299
1,626
62,619
439,471 $ (1,149,624) $ 86,530,604
-
HELD-TO-MATURITY SECURITIES:
Government sponsored mortgage-backed securities ........
60,993
$ 87,240,757 $
11
FORM 10-K
Amortized
Cost
Gross
Unrealized
Gains
Gross
Unrealized
(Losses)
Approximate
Fair
Value
As of December 31, 2013
AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE SECURITIES:
Equity Securities ................................................................. $
Debt Securities:
102,212 $
16,007 $
(18,913) $
99,306
U. S. government agencies .............................................. 33,198,865
Corporates ........................................................................
990,663
Municipals ....................................................................... 14,133,821
Government sponsored mortgage-backed securities ........... 53,245,297
HELD-TO-MATURITY SECURITIES:
Government sponsored mortgage-backed securities ........
79,162
$101,750,020 $
- (1,437,478) 31,761,387
994,272
-
(660,021) 13,492,627
265,038 (2,165,242) 51,345,093
3,609
18,827
1,927
81,089
305,408 $ (4,281,654) $ 97,773,774
-
The following tables set forth certain information regarding the weighted average yields and maturities of the Bank's
investment securities portfolio as of December 31, 2015.
Investment Portfolio Maturities and Average Weighted Yields
Due in one to five years .....................................................................
Due in five to ten years .....................................................................
Due after ten years ............................................................................
Equity securities not due on a single maturity date ...........................
Government sponsored mortgage-backed securities and SBA loan
Amortized
Cost
6,011,451
16,144,448
22,476,340
102,212
Weighted
Average Yield
Approximate
Fair Value
1.43%
2.50%
3.66%
0.00%
4,987,190
16,134,279
22,438,177
99,517
pools not due on a single maturity date .........................................
$
54,686,780
99,421,231
2.74%
2.78% $
53,677,259
97,336,422
After One
Through
Five
Years
After Five
Through
Ten
Years
After Ten
Years
Securities
Not Due on
a
Single
Maturity
Date
Equity
Securities
Total
As of December 31, 2015
Equity Securities .......................... $
Debt Securities:
- $
- $
- $
- $
99,517 $
99,517
-
U. S. government agencies ....... 3,474,680 4,922,104
Corporates .................................
- 3,813,700
Municipals ................................ 1,512,510 11,212,175 18,624,477
Government sponsored
-
-
-
-
- 8,396,784
- 3,813,700
- 31,349,162
mortgage-backed securities
and SBA loan pools ...............
- 53,677,259
$ 4,987,190 $ 16,134,279 $22,438,177 $53,677,259 $
-
-
- 53,677,259
99,517 $ 97,336,422
12
FORM 10-K
Sources of Funds
General. The Company's primary sources of funds are retail and commercial deposits, borrowings, amortization
and prepayments of loans and amortization, prepayments and maturities of investment securities.
Deposits. The Bank offers a variety of deposit accounts having a range of interest rates and terms. The Bank has
concentrated on a diverse deposit mix, such that transaction accounts make a greater percent of funding than in the past. The
Bank offers various checking accounts, money markets, savings, fixed-term certificates of deposit and individual retirement
accounts.
The flow of deposits is influenced significantly by general economic conditions, changes in money market and
prevailing interest rates, local competition, and competition from non-bank financial service providers. The Company closely
manages its deposit position and mix to manage interest rate risk and improve its net interest margin. The Bank's deposits are
typically obtained from the areas in which its offices are located. The Bank relies primarily on customer service and long-
standing relationships with customers to attract and retain these deposits.
The Bank seeks to maintain a high level of stable core deposits by providing high quality service through its
employees and its convenient office and banking center locations.
Deposit Account Types
The following table sets forth the distribution of the Bank's deposit accounts at the dates indicated (dollars in
thousands).
As of December 31,
2015
As of December 31,
2014
As of December 31,
2013
Average
Interest
Rate
Percent
of Total
Average
Interest
Rate
Percent
of Total
Amount Deposits
Average
Interest
Rate
Percent
of Total
Amount Deposits
Amount Deposits
NOW ...................
Savings ...............
Money Market ....
Non-interest
bearing
demand ...........
Total ...........
Certificates of
Deposit:
(fixed-rate,
fixed-term)
1-11 months ....
12-23 months ..
24-35 months ..
36-47 months ..
48-59 months ..
60-71 months ..
72-95 months ..
Total ............
Total Deposits ......
0.31% $ 137,473
25,865
0.20%
170,603
0.42%
27%
5%
33%
0.34% $ 111,561
23,619
0.20%
171,948
0.43%
23%
5%
36%
0.35% $
0.21%
0.47%
86,601
23,726
204,740
0.00%
67,897
401,838
13%
78%
0.00%
51,708
358,836
11%
75%
0.00%
48,678
363,745
0.54%
0.82%
1.02%
1.35%
1.44%
1.47%
1.34%
45,517
43,523
12,654
6,895
4,671
2,274
14
115,548
$ 517,386
9%
8%
2%
1%
1%
0%
0%
22%
100%
0.55%
0.81%
1.10%
1.28%
1.41%
1.50%
1.43%
56,369
27,938
21,925
6,709
4,528
3,315
198
120,982
$ 479,818
12%
6%
5%
1%
1%
1%
0%
25%
100%
0.58%
0.87%
1.26%
1.44%
1.38%
1.42%
1.44%
63,789
37,225
9,588
6,954
3,416
2,433
169
123,574
$ 487,319
18%
5%
42%
10%
75%
13%
8%
2%
1%
1%
0%
0%
25%
100%
13
FORM 10-K
Maturities of Certificates of Deposit of $100,000 or More
In 2015, management continued to place emphasis on reducing the dependence on jumbo deposits ($100,000 or
more). The following table indicates the approximate amount of the Bank's certificate of deposit accounts of $100,000 or
more by time remaining until maturity as of December 31, 2015.
Three months or less ..................................................................................................................... $
Over three through six months ......................................................................................................
Over six through twelve months ...................................................................................................
Over twelve months ......................................................................................................................
Total .............................................................................................................................................. $
(Dollars in thousands)
As of December 31, 2015
9,328
3,304
13,686
37,124
63,442
Borrowings
The Company’s borrowings consist primarily of FHLB advances, Federal Reserve advances, issuances of junior
subordinated debentures and securities sold under agreements to repurchase.
Deposits are the primary source of funds for the Bank's lending activities and other general business purposes.
However, during periods when the supply of lendable funds cannot meet the demand for such loans, the FHLB System, of
which the Bank is a member, makes available, subject to compliance with eligibility standards, a portion of the funds
necessary through loans (advances) to its members. Use of FHLB advances is a common practice, allowing the Bank to
provide funding to its customers at a time when significant liquidity is not present, or at a rate advantageous relative to current
market deposit rates. FHLB advances, due to their structure, allow the Bank to better manage its interest rate and liquidity
risk. The following table presents certain data for FHLB advances as of the dates indicated.
Remaining maturity:
Less than one year .......................................................... $
One to two years .............................................................
Two to three years ..........................................................
Three to four years .........................................................
Four to five years ...........................................................
Over five years ...............................................................
Total ............................................................................ $
2015
As of December 31,
2014
(Dollars in Thousands)
2013
- $
-
-
50,000
2,100
-
52,100 $
8,250 $
-
-
-
50,000
2,100
60,350 $
-
250
-
-
50,000
2,100
52,350
Weighted average rate at end of period ..........................
2.25%
2.00 %
2.26 %
For the period:
Average outstanding balance ...................................... $
Weighted average interest rate ....................................
52,592 $
2.24%
54,588 $
2.18 %
56,144
2.28 %
Maximum outstanding as of any month end .................. $
56,500 $
66,700 $
67,950
14
FORM 10-K
Junior Subordinated Debentures:
On December 15, 2005, the Company completed an offering of $15 million of “Trust Preferred Securities” (defined
hereinafter). The Company formed two wholly-owned subsidiaries, Guaranty Statutory Trust I (“Trust I”) and Guaranty
Statutory Trust II (“Trust II”) each a Delaware statutory trust (each a “Trust”, and collectively, the “Trusts”), for the purpose
of issuing the $15 million of Trust Preferred Securities. The proceeds of the sale of Trust Preferred Securities, together with
the proceeds of the Trusts’ sale of their common securities to the Company, were used by each Trust to purchase certain
debentures from the Company. The Company issued 30-year junior subordinated deferrable interest debentures to the Trusts
in the principal amount of $5,155,000 (“Trust I Debentures”) and $10,310,000 (“Trust II Debentures”, and together with the
Trust I Debentures, the “Debentures”) pursuant to the terms of Indentures dated December 15, 2005 by and between the
Company and Wilmington Trust Company, as trustee. The Trust I Debentures bear interest at a fixed rate of 6.92%, payable
quarterly. The Trust II Debentures bear interest at a fixed rate of 6.47% for 5 years, payable quarterly, after issuance and
thereafter at a floating rate equal to the three month LIBOR plus 1.45%. The interest payments by the Company to the Trusts
will be used to pay the dividends payable by the Trusts to the holders of the Trust Preferred Securities.
The Debentures mature on February 23, 2036. Subject to prior approval by the Federal Reserve Board, the
Debentures and the Trust Preferred Securities are each callable by the Company or the Trusts, respectively and as applicable,
at its option after five years from issuance, and sooner in the case of a special redemption at a special redemption price
ranging up to 103.2% of the principal amount thereof, and upon the occurrence of certain events, such as a change in the
regulatory capital treatment of the Trust Preferred Securities, either Trust being deemed an investment company or the
occurrence of certain adverse tax events. In addition, the Company and the Trusts may defer interest and dividend payments,
respectively, for up to five consecutive years without resulting in a default. An event of default may occur if the Company
declares bankruptcy, fails to make the required payments within 30 days or breaches certain covenants within the Debentures.
The Debentures are subordinated to the prior payment of any other indebtedness of the Company.
Pursuant to two guarantee agreements by and between the Company and Wilmington Trust Company, the Company
issued a limited, irrevocable guarantee of the obligations of each Trust under the Trust Preferred Securities whereby the
Company has guaranteed any and all payment obligations of the Trusts related to the Trust Preferred Securities including
distributions on, and the liquidation or redemption price of, the Trust Preferred Securities to the extent each Trust does not
have funds available.
The following table sets forth certain information as to the Company's subordinated debentures issued to the Trusts
at the dates indicated.
2015
As of December 31,
2014
(Dollars in Thousands)
2013
Subordinated debentures .......................................... $
15,465
$
15,465
$
15,465
Weighted average interest rate of subordinated
debentures ............................................................
3.48%
3.45%
3.47%
Federal Reserve Bank Borrowings
During 2008, the Bank established a borrowing line with Federal Reserve Bank. The Bank had the ability to borrow
$30.6 million as of December 31, 2015. The Federal Reserve Bank requires the Bank to maintain collateral in relation to
borrowings outstanding. The Bank had no borrowings on this line as of December 31, 2015 and 2014.
15
FORM 10-K
Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase
In January 2008, the Company borrowed $30.0 million under three structured repurchase agreements. Interest was
based on a fixed weighted average rate of 2.65% until maturity in January 2018. Beginning in February 2010, the
counterparty, Barclay’s Capital, Inc., had the option to terminate the agreements on a quarterly basis until maturity.
Prior to the stated maturity date, the Company paid off one of these agreements in the amount $15.0 million in May
2013 and another agreement in the amount of $5.0 million in November 2011.
In June 2015, the Company executed a structured transaction in order to pay off the remaining $10.0 million, prior
to its stated maturity date, incurring a prepayment penalty of $463,992.
Subsidiary Activity and Segment Information
The Company has three wholly-owned subsidiaries: (i) the Bank, the Company’s principal subsidiary and a state-
chartered bank with trust powers in Missouri; (ii) Trust I; and (iii) Trust II. As discussed in more detail above, Trust I and
Trust II were formed in December 2005 for the exclusive purpose of issuing trust preferred securities to acquire junior
subordinated debentures issued by the Company. Those debentures are the sole assets of the Trusts. The interest payments
by the Company on the debentures are the sole revenues of the Trusts and are used by the Trusts to pay the dividends to the
holders of the trust preferred securities. The Company has guaranteed any and all payment obligations of the Trusts related
to the trust preferred securities. Under generally accepted accounting principles, the Trusts are not consolidated with the
Company.
The Bank has one service corporation subsidiary, Guaranty Financial Services of Springfield, Inc., a Missouri
corporation. This service corporation, which has been inactive since February 1, 2003, had agreements with third party
providers for the sale of securities and casualty insurance products.
The Company’s banking operation conducted through its principal subsidiary, the Bank, is the Company’s only
reportable segment. Other information about the Company’s business segment is contained in the section captioned “Segment
Information” in Note 1 to the Notes of the Consolidated Financial Statements in this report.
Return on Equity and Assets
The following table sets forth certain dividend, equity and asset ratios of the Company for the periods indicated.
Year ended
December 31,
Year ended
December 31,
Year ended
December 31,
2015
2014
2013
Common Dividend Payout Ratio ...................................
Return on Average Assets ..............................................
Return on Average Equity ..............................................
18%
0.88%
8.81%
Stockholders' Equity to Assets .......................................
10.17%
EPS Diluted .................................................................... $
Dividends on Common Shares ....................................... $
1.30 $
0.23 $
11 %
0.92 %
9.67 %
9.78 %
1.33 $
0.15 $
0%
0.82%
10.34%
8.12%
1.58
-
16
FORM 10-K
Employees
As of December 31, 2015, the Bank had 138 full-time employees and 32 part-time employees. As of December 31,
2015, the Company had no employees. None of the Bank's employees are represented by a collective bargaining group.
Competition
The Bank experiences substantial competition both in attracting and retaining deposit accounts and in the origination
of loans. The Bank's primary competitors are the financial institutions near each of the Bank's offices. In the Springfield
metropolitan area, where the Bank's main office and branch offices are located, primary competition consists of commercial
banks, credit unions, and savings institutions.
Direct competition for deposit accounts comes from other commercial banks, credit unions, regional bank and thrift
holding companies, and savings institutions located in the remainder of our Market Area. Significant competition for the
Bank's other deposit products and services come from money market mutual funds, brokerage firms, insurance companies,
and retail stores. Recently, online firms have offered attractive financial service products to consumers, irrespective of
location. The primary factors in competing for loans are interest rates and loan origination fees and the range of services
offered by various financial institutions. Our larger competitors have a greater ability to finance wide-ranging advertising
campaigns through their greater capital resources. Our marketing efforts depend heavily upon referrals from officers,
directors and shareholders, selective advertising in local media and direct mail solicitations. The Bank believes it is able to
compete effectively in its primary Market Area by offering competitive interest rates and loan fees, and a variety of deposit
products, and by emphasizing personal customer service.
Supervision and Regulation
General
The Company and the Bank are subject to an extensive regulatory framework under federal and state law.
Consequently, the Company’s growth and earnings performance may be affected by the requirements of federal and state
statutes and by regulations and policies of various bank regulatory authorities, including the:
● Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (“FRB”);
● Missouri Division of Finance;
● Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation; and
● Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (“CFPB”).
Additionally, the Company’s business may be impacted by assorted laws and rules, including:
●
anti-money laundering laws enforced by the U.S. Department of Treasury (Treasury);
●
taxation laws administered by the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) and state taxing authorities;
●
accounting rules developed by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB); and
●
securities laws administered by the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) and state securities authorities.
17
FORM 10-K
Regulatory agencies often have significant discretion regarding their supervisory and enforcement activities. This
comprehensive supervisory and regulatory framework significantly impacts the Company’s operations and results.
Additionally, new legislation is introduced from time to time that could impact the Company and the Bank in substantial
ways and the nature, extent, or impact of new statutes or regulations on the Company’s or the Bank’s operations or financial
conditions cannot be predicted with any certainty.
Set forth below is a brief summary of certain material laws and regulations applicable to the Company and the Bank.
These laws and regulations are primarily intended for the protection of the Bank’s customers and depositors and not for the
benefit of the stockholders or creditors of the Company. The following description does not purport to be complete and is
qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the statutes and regulations described below.
Dodd-Frank Act
The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 (“Dodd-Frank Act” or “Dodd-Frank”)
significantly changed the regulatory framework for financial institutions and their holding companies. Among other
provisions, the Dodd-Frank Act:
●
●
created the CFPB, which is responsible for implementing, supervising, and enforcing compliance with consumer
financial protection laws;
increased the deposit insurance coverage limit and changed the assessment base for calculating a bank’s deposit
insurance assessments;
●
repealed the prohibition on payment of interest on demand deposits;
● provided for new disclosures related to executive compensation and corporate governance and prohibited
compensation arrangements that encourage inappropriate risks or that could provide excessive compensation;
●
imposed new capital requirements on banking institutions (see “New Capital Rules” below);
●
enhanced the authority of the Federal Reserve Board to examine the Company and its non-bank subsidiaries; and
●
imposed new requirements and restrictions on consumer mortgage banking.
The Dodd-Frank Act contains numerous provisions scheduled to be implemented through rulemakings by various
federal regulatory agencies over a period of several years. Many, but not all, of the regulations have been issued and full
implementation of the Dodd-Frank Act is still not complete. This law will continue to significantly influence the regulatory
environment in which the Bank and the Company operate. As a result, the Company cannot predict the Dodd-Frank Act’s
ultimate impact on the Company or the Bank at this time. Certain rules proposed or adopted under the Dodd-Frank Act are
discussed throughout this section.
Minimum Capital Requirements
In July 2013, the U.S. federal banking agencies approved a final rule to comprehensively revise the regulatory capital
framework for the U.S. banking sector, implementing many aspects of the framework agreed to by the international Basel
Committee on Bank Supervision and incorporating changes required by the Dodd-Frank Act (the “Basel III Rule”). The new
capital requirements apply to all banks and savings associations, bank holding companies with more than $500 million in
assets and savings and loan holding companies (other than certain savings and loan holding companies engaged in insurance
underwriting and grandfathered diversified holding companies). The Basel III Rule establishes new higher capital ratio
requirements, tightens the definition of “capital,” imposes new operating restrictions on banking organizations with
insufficient capital buffers, and increases the risk-weighting of certain assets. Cumulatively, these changes result in
substantially more demanding capital standards for U.S. banking organizations.
18
FORM 10-K
The Basel III Rule distinguishes between banking organizations subject to the “advanced approaches” method of
computing risk-based regulatory capital, which are those with $250 billion or more in total consolidated assets or $10 billion
or more in foreign exposures, and other banking organizations that successfully opt-in (“Advanced Banks”) and other banking
organizations, such as the Company and the Bank, which operate under the “standardized approach” (“Standardized Banks”).
The new rules became effective for the Company and the Bank on January 1, 2015, with certain requirements to be phased-
in between January 2016 and January 2019.
The Basel III Rule, among other features:
●
Introduces a new capital measure, Common Equity Tier 1 (“CET1” or “Tier 1 Common”), which is defined as
common stock instruments, related surplus (net of Treasury stock), and retained earnings, subject to certain
regulatory adjustments; and
● Requires banking institutions to maintain:
o a new minimum ratio of CET1 to risk-weighted assets of at least 4.5% (plus a capital conservation buffer);
o a minimum amount of Tier 1 capital (the sum of Common Equity Tier 1 and Additional Tier 1 capital) to
risk-weighted assets of at least 6%, which is an increase from 4% (plus a capital conservation buffer);
o a total capital (the sum of Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital) ratio of at least 8% of risk-weighted assets (plus a capital
conservation buffer); and
o a minimum leverage ratio of Tier 1 capital of 4%.
In addition, the Basel III Rule requires that banking organizations maintain a “capital conservation buffer”
comprised of CET1 in order to avoid restrictions on the ability to make capital distributions (including dividends and stock
purchases) and pay discretionary bonuses to executive officers. The capital conservation buffer is equal to 2.5% of risk-
weighted assets, in addition to the minimum CET1, Tier 1, and total capital ratios. The capital conservation buffer will be
phased-in beginning at 0.625% of risk-weighted assets on January 1, 2016 and increasing each subsequent year by an
additional 0.625%, to reach the final level of 2.5% of risk-weighted assets on January, 1 2019. Accordingly, factoring in the
capital conservation buffer, the minimum ratios noted above increase to 7% for CET1, 8.5% for Tier 1 capital, and 10.5%
for total capital.
Furthermore, the Basel III Rule includes more restrictive definitions for the components of capital. For example,
cumulative perpetual preferred stock and trust preferred securities have been phased-out of Tier 1 capital. However, for
smaller entities with less than $15 billion in assets as of December 31, 2009, such as the Bank, the final rule permanently
grandfathers as Tier 1 capital trust preferred securities and similar instruments issued by such entities prior to May 19, 2010.
The final Basel III Rule provides entities such as the Company and the Bank with a one time “opt-out” right to continue
excluding accumulated other comprehensive income (“AOCI”) from CET1 capital. This opt-out was required to be made in
the first quarter of 2015 and the Company and Bank made this election. Accordingly, the Bank and the Company need not
include AOCI in CET1 capital going forward. The rule also requires that goodwill and certain other intangible assets, other
than mortgage servicing assets, net of associated deferred tax liabilities, be deducted from CET1 capital. Additionally, certain
deferred tax assets and mortgage servicing assets must be deducted from CET1 capital if such assets exceed a certain
percentage of an institution’s CET1 capital. Generally, greater deductions from CET1 reduce an institution’s capital base.
Moreover, the Basel III Rule changes the risk-weightings for certain assets that are used to calculate capital ratios.
All else being equal, a higher risk weight results in a higher risk-weighted asset amount which, in turn, gives rise to a lower
risk-based capital ratio. The final rule assigns a higher risk-weighting of 150% (up from 100%) for exposures that are more
than 90 days past due and assigns a higher risk-weighting of 150% (up from 100%) for high-volatility commercial real estate
loans, which are credit facilities that, prior to conversion to permanent financing, finance or have financed the acquisition,
development, or construction of real property, subject to certain exclusions. Although initially contemplated, there was no
change to the risk-weighting treatment of residential mortgage loans in the final Basel III Rule.
19
FORM 10-K
Although the Basel III Rule is more stringent than previous capital rules, the Basel III Rule has had minimal impact
on the Company and the Bank, to date. The Company and the Bank have a strong capital base and currently maintain adequate
capital to meet the new standards.
Nonetheless, federal banking guidelines provide that financial institutions experiencing significant growth could be
expected to maintain capital levels above the minimum requirements without significant reliance on intangible assets.
Additionally, higher capital levels could be required under certain circumstances, such as situations involving interest rate
risk, risk from concentrations of credit, or nontraditional activities. Accordingly, the Company and the Bank could be required
to maintain higher capital levels in the future.
Regulation of the Bank
General. The Bank, as a Missouri-chartered non-member depository trust company, is primarily regulated by the
MDF and FDIC. The Bank is subject to extensive federal and state regulatory oversight in all areas of banking operations,
including, but not limited to, lending activities, investments, loans, deposits, interest rates payable on deposits, establishment
of branches, corporate restructuring, and capital adequacy. The Bank is also subject to certain reserve requirements
promulgated by the FRB.
The MDF, in conjunction with the FDIC, regularly examines the Bank and reports to the Bank's Board of Directors
on any deficiencies that are found in the Bank's operations. The Bank must also file reports with the MDF and the FDIC
concerning its activities and financial condition, in addition to obtaining regulatory approvals prior to entering into certain
transactions such as mergers with or acquisitions of other banks or savings institutions. These regulatory authorities have
extensive discretion in connection with their supervisory and enforcement activities and examination policies. Regulation by
these agencies is designed to protect the Bank’s depositors and not the Company’s shareholders.
Insurance of Deposit Accounts and Assessments. The deposit accounts held by the Bank are insured by the DIF.
The Dodd-Frank Act permanently increased the maximum amount of deposit insurance for banks, savings institutions, and
credit unions to $250,000 per insured depositor, retroactive to January 1, 2009. The Dodd-Frank Act also increased the
minimum ratio of net worth to insured deposits of the DIF from 1.15% to 1.35%.
A bank's insurance assessment is determined quarterly by multiplying its assessment rate by its assessment base.
Per FDIC rules, a bank’s assessment base is the institution’s average consolidated total assets minus its average tangible
equity. The FDIC has adopted a risk-based system for assessment rates. For banks with less than $10 billion in assets, such
as the Bank, the risk classification is based on the Bank’s capital levels and level of supervisory risk. Assessment rates are
subject to adjustment and (1) decrease for issuance of long-term unsecured debt (including senior unsecured debt and
subordinated debt); (2) increase for holdings of long-term unsecured or subordinated debt issued by other insured banks; and
(3) for banks that are not well-rated or not well-capitalized, increase for significant holdings of brokered deposits.
The FDIC may terminate a bank’s deposit insurance if it finds that the institution has engaged in unsafe and unsound
practices, is in an unsafe or unsound condition to continue operations, or has violated any applicable law, regulation, rule,
order or condition imposed by the FDIC.
Regulatory Capital Requirements and Prompt Corrective Action. The FDIC is required to take prompt
corrective action if an insured depository institution, such as the Bank, does not meet its minimum capital requirements. The
FDIC has established five capital tiers: “well-capitalized”, “adequately capitalized”, “undercapitalized”, “significantly
undercapitalized” and “critically undercapitalized”. A depository institution’s capital tier depends upon its capital levels in
relation to various relevant capital measures, which, among others, include a Tier 1 and total risk-based capital measure and
a leverage ratio capital measure. The Prompt Corrective Action rules were amended effective January 1, 2015 to incorporate
changes under the Basel III Rule, including the CET1 requirements, and to raise capital requirements for certain categories.
An insured financial institution is considered:
● “Well-capitalized” if it has a Tier 1 leverage ratio of 5% or greater, a CET1 to risk-based capital ratio of 6.5%
or greater, a Tier 1 to risk-based capital ratio of 8% or greater, a total risk-based capital ratio of 10% or greater
and is not subject to any written agreement, order, capital directive, or prompt corrective action directive;
20
FORM 10-K
● “Adequately capitalized” if it has it has a Tier 1 leverage ratio of 4% or greater, a CET1 to risk-based capital
ratio of 4.5% or greater, a Tier 1 to risk-based capital ratio of 6% or greater, and a total risk-based capital ratio
of 8% or greater;
● “Undercapitalized” if it has a Tier 1 leverage ratio of less than 4%, a CET1 to risk-based capital ratio of less than
4.5%, a Tier 1 to risk-based capital ratio of less than 6% and a total risk-based capital ratio of less than 8%;
● “Significantly undercapitalized” if it has a Tier 1 leverage ratio of less than 3%, a CET1 to risk-based capital
ratio of less than 3%, a Tier 1 to risk-based capital ratio of less than 4%, and a total risk-based capital ratio of
less than 6%; and
● “Critically undercapitalized” if it has a tangible equity capital to total assets ratio equal to or less than 2%.
The FDIC may, under certain circumstances, reclassify a well-capitalized insured depository institution as
adequately capitalized. It is also permitted to require an adequately capitalized or undercapitalized institution to comply with
supervisory provisions as if the institution were in the next lower category (but not treat a significantly undercapitalized
institution as critically undercapitalized) based on supervisory information other than the capital levels of the institution. An
institution may be reclassified if the FDIC determines (after notice and opportunity for hearing) that the institution is in an
unsafe or unsound condition or deems the institution to be engaging in an unsafe or unsound practice.
Federal banking agencies are required to take prompt corrective action to resolve capital deficiencies at insured
depository institutions. Failure to meet the capital guidelines could subject a bank to a variety of enforcement actions,
including the issuance of a capital directive, prohibition on paying dividends or management fees, prohibition on accepting
brokered deposits, and restrictions on paying bonuses or increasing compensation for executive officers. For critically
undercapitalized institutions, a receiver may be appointed.
The Bank met its minimum capital adequacy guidelines, and the Bank was categorized as “well-capitalized”, as of
December 31, 2015. Applicable capital and ratio information is contained under the section titled “Regulatory Matters” in
Note 1 to the Notes of the Consolidated Financial Statements in this report.
Safety and Soundness Standards. The federal bank regulators have adopted guidelines to promote the safety and
soundness of federally insured depository institutions. The guidelines set forth standards for internal controls, information
systems and internal audit systems, loan documentation, credit underwriting, interest-rate-risk exposure, asset growth, asset
quality, earnings, stock valuation and compensation, fees and benefits and other operational and managerial standards. The
guidelines provide standards in each area and an institution must establish its own procedures to achieve such goals.
If an institution fails to meet a standard, a regulator may require the institution to submit an acceptable plan to
achieve compliance with the standard. If an institution fails to submit an acceptable plan or fails to implement an accepted
plan, an agency must, by order, require the institution to correct the deficiency. The agency may, and in some cases must,
take other supervisory actions until the deficiency has been corrected.
Federal Home Loan Bank System. The Bank is a member of the FHLB of Des Moines, which is one of 11 regional
Federal Home Loan Banks (“FHLB”). The FHLB system’s primary purpose is to provide stable funding to member
institutions that such institutions in turn use to make loans to families, farms and businesses. The FHLBanks are overseen by
the Federal Housing Finance Agency (“FHFA”). As a member, the Bank is required to purchase and maintain a minimum
investment in the stock of the FHLB. As of December 31, 2015, the Bank was in compliance with this requirement.
Dividend Limitations. The amount of dividends that the Bank may pay is subject to various regulatory limitations.
Under federal law, an FDIC-insured institution may not pay dividends if it is undercapitalized or if payment would cause it
to be undercapitalized. If the FDIC believes that a bank is engaged in, or about to engage in, an unsafe or unsound practice,
the FDIC may require, after notice and hearing, that the bank cease and desist from that practice. In addition, under Missouri
law, the Bank may pay dividends to the Company only from a portion of its undivided profits and may not pay dividends if
its capital is impaired. Additionally, under Missouri statute, dividends paid by the Bank are restricted by a statutory formula,
which provides for the maintenance of a surplus fund and prohibits the payment of dividends which would impair the surplus
fund.
21
FORM 10-K
Anti-Money Laundering and Anti-Terrorism Regulation. The Bank Secrecy Act (“BSA”) establishes the
framework for anti-money laundering (“AML”) obligations imposed on U.S. financial institutions. The purpose of the BSA
is to prevent banks and other financial services providers from being used as intermediaries for, or to hide the transfer or
deposit of money derived from, drug trafficking, money laundering, and other crimes. The Uniting and Strengthening
America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (“USA Patriot Act”)
amended the BSA and imposes a number of obligations on banks, including the requirement to implement policies,
procedures and controls reasonably designed to detect and report instances of money laundering and terrorism financing. The
USA Patriot Act also requires financial institutions to develop written customer identification programs. In addition, the U.S.
Department of Treasury’s Office of Foreign Asset Controls (“OFAC”) administers and enforces economic and trade sanctions
based on U.S. foreign policy and national security against entities such as targeted foreign countries and terrorists.
Consumer Protection Laws. In connection with its banking activities, the Bank is subject to a number of federal
and state laws designed to protect consumers in their transactions with banks. These laws include, but are not limited to, the
Equal Credit Opportunity Act (“ECOA”), Fair Credit Reporting Act (“FCRA”), Fair and Accurate Credit Transaction Act of
2003 (“FACTA”), Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act (“GLBA”), Electronic Funds Transfer Act (“EFTA”), Home Mortgage
Disclosure Act (“HMDA”), Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act (“RESPA”), and Truth in Lending Act (“TILA”), and
their various state counterparts. In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act prohibits unfair, deceptive, or abusive acts or practices
(“UDAAP”). Moreover, several federal laws, including GLBA, FCRA, and FACTA, regulate consumer financial privacy
and restrict the sharing of consumer financial information.
Transactions with Affiliates and Insiders. Federal law imposes certain limitations on the ability of a bank to
engage in “covered transactions” with affiliates. The Company is an affiliate of the Bank for purposes of these restrictions.
The definition of “covered transactions,” which was expanded under the Dodd-Frank Act and includes extensions of credit
to affiliates, investments in stock or other securities of affiliates, and acceptance of the stock or other securities of an affiliate
as collateral for loans. Additionally, federal law prohibits institutions from engaging in certain transactions with affiliates
unless the transactions are on terms substantially the same as, or at least as favorable to the bank as, those prevailing at the
time for comparable transactions with non-affiliated companies. Federal law also restricts the Bank’s ability to extend credit
to its executive officers, directors, principal shareholders, and their related interests, including that such credit extensions
must be made on substantially the same terms, including interest rate and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for
comparable transactions with unrelated third parties, and not involve more than the normal risk of repayment or present other
unfavorable features.
Transaction Account Reserve Requirements. The FRB requires insured depository institutions to maintain
reserves against specified deposit liabilities. Reservable liabilities consist of net transaction accounts, nonpersonal time
deposits, and Eurocurrency liabilities. For 2016, the first $15.2 million of otherwise reservable balances are exempt from the
reserve requirements; the reserve requirement is 3% for net transaction accounts between $15.5 million and $110.2 million;
and the reserve requirement is 10% for net transaction accounts in excess of $110.2 million. These reserve requirements are
subject to annual adjustment.
Commercial Real Estate Lending. The Bank may be subject to greater scrutiny from federal banking regulators
based on its concentration of commercial real estate (“CRE”) loans. Federal regulators have issued guidance to address
concerns about CRE concentrations and to provide expectations for managing a concentrated portfolio. The guidance includes
development and construction loans for which repayment is dependent upon the sale of the property, as well as properties for
which repayment is dependent upon rental income.
Per the guidance, institutions that may have significant CRE concentration risk are those that have experienced rapid
growth in CRE lending, have notable exposures to a specific type of CRE, or are approaching or exceed the following
supervisory criteria: (i) total loans for construction, land development, and other land represent 100% or more of the
institution’s total capital; or (ii) total CRE loans represent 300% or more of the institution’s total capital, and the outstanding
balance of the institution’s CRE loan portfolio has increased by 50% or more during the prior 36 months. If a bank’s portfolio
goes outside of these general guidelines, the bank must engage in heightened risk management practices.
Residential Real Estate Lending. The CFPB has issued new rules implementing several Dodd-Frank requirements
regarding residential mortgage lending. Lenders must assess a borrower’s ability to repay the mortgage-related obligation
and must consider certain underwriting factors. Lenders also receive certain protections from liability if they make “qualified
mortgages.” Additionally, new rules prohibit certain loan features, such as negative amortization, interest-only payment,
balloon payments, and restrict points and fees paid by a borrower and prepayment penalties.”
22
FORM 10-K
Volcker Rule. The Volker Rule, issued by the federal banking and securities regulators pursuant to the Dodd-Frank
Act, generally prohibits insured depository institutions and their affiliated companies from: (i) short-term proprietary trading
in securities and other financial instruments; and (ii) sponsoring or acquiring or retaining an ownership interest in private
equity and hedge funds, subject to certain exceptions.
Community Reinvestment Act. Under the Community Reinvestment Act of 1977 (“CRA”), the Bank has a
continuing and affirmative obligation, consistent with safe and sound operation, to help meet the credit needs of its
communities, including low- and moderate-income neighborhoods. As part of its examinations, the FDIC evaluates the
Bank’s record in meeting these obligations. CRA ratings are also taken into account by regulators in evaluating applications
for mergers, acquisitions, or to open a new branch or facility. Based on its most recent CRA compliance examinations, the
Bank has received a “Satisfactory” CRA rating.
Regulation of the Company
General. The Company is a registered bank holding company subject to regulation and supervision by the FRB
under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (“BHCA”). The Company is required to file periodic reports of its operations
with the FRB. Additionally, the Company is legally obligated to act as a source of strength to the Bank and to commit
resources to support the Bank.
Regulatory Capital Requirements. The new capital adequacy requirements under the Basel III Rule that went into
effect January 1, 2015, discussed above, apply to the Company as well as the Bank. The FRB has adopted the new minimum
capital ratios and guidelines to provide a framework for assessing the adequacy of a bank holding company’s capital.
Consistent with the principle that a bank holding company should serve as a source of managerial and financial strength to
its subsidiary banks, the FRB expects a bank holding company to hold capital commensurate with its overall risk profile.
In assessing a bank holding company’s capital adequacy, the FRB evaluates the comprehensiveness and
effectiveness of management’s capital planning. The FRB has indicated that effective capital planning process requires a
banking organization to assess the risks to which it is exposed and its processes for managing and mitigating those risks,
evaluate its capital adequacy relative to its risks, and consider the potential impact on its earnings and capital base from
current and prospective economic conditions. If a bank holding company’s capital falls below the minimum requirements,
the bank holding company will be required to submit an acceptable plan to increase its capital and its ability to pay dividends
and make acquisitions may be restricted.
As of December 31, 2015, the Company met the applicable minimum capital adequacy guidelines. Additional capital
and ratio information is contained in Item 8 under the section titled “Regulatory Matters” in Note 1 to the Consolidated
Financial Statements in this report.
Restrictions on Dividends and Stock Repurchases. The Company’s source of funds (including cash flow to pay
dividends to stockholders) is dividends paid to it by the Bank. The right of the Company to receive dividends or other
distributions from the Bank is subject to the prior claims of creditors of the Bank, including depositors, and applicable
regulatory restrictions, including prior approval in certain situations.
The amount of dividends that the Company may pay is subject to various regulatory limitations, including the
requirement to maintain adequate capital. Financial institutions are generally prohibited from paying dividends if, following
payment of dividends, the institution would be considered undercapitalized. Additionally, under the Basel III Rule,
institutions seeking to pay dividends must maintain the required capital conservation buffer. Also, the FRB strongly
encourages financial institutions to consult with the agency prior to paying dividends. The FRB has indicated that a board of
directors should “eliminate, defer, or severely limit” dividends if:
●
the bank holding company’s net income available to shareholders for the past four quarters, net of dividends paid
during that period, is not sufficient to fully fund the dividends;
23
FORM 10-K
●
●
the bank holding company’s rate of earnings retention is inconsistent with capital needs and overall macroeconomic
outlook; or
the bank holding company will not meet, or is in danger of not meeting, its minimum regulatory capital adequacy
ratios.
Banking regulators also have the authority to prohibit banks and bank holding companies from paying a dividend if
such payment would be an unsafe or unsound practice.
Generally, a bank holding company must notify the FRB prior to the purchase or redemption of its outstanding
equity securities if the gross consideration for the purchase or redemption, when aggregated with the net consideration paid
for all such purchases during the preceding twelve months is equal to 10% or more of the bank holding company’s
consolidated net worth. Prior approval may not be required if the bank holding company, among other things, will meet or
exceed “well capitalized” thresholds both before and after the repurchase, is considered “well managed,” and is not subject
to any unresolved supervisory issues. Additionally, bank holding companies are expected to consult with the FRB before
redeeming or repurchasing stock if:
●
the bank holding company is at “significant risk” of developing a financial weakness;
●
the bank holding company is considering expansion (either acquisition or new activities); and
●
if such redemption or repurchase will cause a net reduction in capital from the beginning of the quarter in which the
redemption or repurchase occurs.
The FRB may disapprove of the purchase or redemption if it determines, among other things, that the proposal
would constitute an unsafe or unsound business practice.
Support of Banking Subsidiaries. Under FRB policy, the Company is expected to act as a source of financial
strength to the Bank and, where required, to commit resources to support the Bank. Financial support from the Company may
be required even when the Company might not otherwise be inclined to provide it. Moreover, if the Bank should become
undercapitalized, the Company would be required to guarantee the Bank's compliance with its capital restoration plan in
order for such plan to be accepted by the FDIC.
Acquisitions, Activities, and Changes in Control. Under the BHCA, the Company must obtain the prior approval
of the FRB before the Company may: (i) acquire substantially all the assets of a bank; (ii) acquire direct or indirect ownership
or control of more than 5% of the voting shares of any bank; or (iii) or merge or consolidate with any other bank holding
company. The BHCA also restricts the Company’s ability to acquire direct or indirect ownership or control of 5% or more
of any class of voting shares of any nonbanking corporation. The FRB is required to consider the financial and managerial
resources and future prospects of the bank holding companies and banks concerned and the convenience and needs of the
community to be served. Consideration of financial resources generally focuses on capital adequacy. Consideration of
convenience and needs includes the involved institutions’ performance under the CRA. The FRB may not approve a
transaction if it would result in or tend to create a monopoly, substantially lessen competition, or otherwise function as a
restraint of trade, unless the anti-competitive effects are clearly outweighed by the public interest in meeting the needs and
convenience of the community to be served.
Additionally, FRB approval is required prior to any person or company acquiring “control” of a bank holding
company. “Control” is conclusively presumed to exist if a person or company acquires 25% or more of the outstanding voting
shares of a bank holding company. There is a rebuttable presumption of control if a person or company acquires more than
10% but less than 25% of any class of voting securities.
Moreover, bank holding companies are generally prohibited from engaging in any business other than that of
banking, managing, and controlling banks or furnishing services to banks and their subsidiaries, although bank holding
companies are permitted to engage in activities that are determined to be “closely related to banking” and “a proper incident
thereto.”
Transactions with Affiliates. As discussed above, federal regulations restrict the extent to which the Company and
its officers and directors may engage in certain “covered transactions” with the Bank, including borrowing or otherwise
obtaining credit from or selling assets or securities to the Bank. Additionally, any transactions that are “covered transactions”
with the Bank must be on nonpreferential terms.
24
FORM 10-K
Federal Securities Regulation and Corporate Governance. The Company’s stock is registered with the SEC and,
therefore, the Company is subject to SEC restrictions and requirements, including rules regarding information sharing, proxy
solicitation, and insider trading.
The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (“SOX”) addresses, among other issues, corporate governance, auditing and
accounting, executive compensation, and enhanced and timely disclosure of corporate information. Per SOX, the Company’s
Chief Executive Officer (CEO) and Chief Financial Officer (CFO) are required to certify that the quarterly and annual reports
do not contain any untrue statement of a material fact. The SEC’s rules regarding CEO and CFO certifications require these
officers to certify, among others, that: they are responsible for establishing, maintaining and regularly evaluating the
effectiveness of internal controls over financial reporting; they have made certain disclosures to auditors and the audit
committee of the board of directors; and they have included information in quarterly and annual reports about their evaluation
and whether there have been changes in internal controls over financial reporting or in other factors that could materially
affect internal control over financial reporting.
The Dodd-Frank Act provides other investor protections, corporate governance, and executive compensation
requirements that affect U.S. publicly traded companies. For example, the Dodd-Frank Act requires companies to give
shareholders a non-binding vote approving executive compensation and “golden parachute” payments. Pursuant to the Dodd
Frank Act, in July 2015, the SEC proposed a rule that companies whose securities are listed on national securities exchanges
and associations (including the Company whose securities are listed on the NASDAQ Global Market) would be required to
develop and enforce recovery policies that, in the event of an accounting restatement, would “claw back” from current and
former executive officers incentive-based compensation they should not have received based on the restatement. Recovery
would be required without regard to fault and without regard to whether any misconduct occurred in connection with or an
executive officer’s responsibility for the erroneous misstatement. The proposed rules would also require disclosure of listed
companies’ recovery policies, and their actions under those policies. The proposed rules are not yet final.
25
FORM 10-K
Executive Officers of the Registrant
Set forth below is information concerning the executive officers of the Company. Each executive officer is annually
elected to a one-year term by the Board of Directors of the Company.
Shaun A. Burke joined the Bank in March 2004 as President and Chief Executive Officer and was appointed
President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company on February 28, 2005. He has over 30 years of banking experience.
Mr. Burke received a Bachelor of Science Degree in Finance from Missouri State University and is a graduate of the Graduate
School of Banking of Colorado. Mr. Burke currently serves on the board of the Missouri Bankers Association as Vice
Chairman of the Legislative Affairs Committee and was previously Chairman of the Audit Committee. In 2014, he began a
three-year term on the Community Bankers Council of the American Bankers Association. In March 2016 he was appointed
to the Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis’ Community Depository Institutions Advisory Council. From 2012 to 2014, he was
a Board Member of the Springfield Area Chamber of Commerce serving as Vice Chairman of Economic Development in
2014. From 2009 through 2014, he was a Board Member of the Springfield Business Development Corporation, the economic
development subsidiary of the Springfield Area Chamber of Commerce serving as President in 2012. He is also a past
Member of the United Way Allocations and Agency Relations Executive Committee, Salvation Army Board, and Big
Brothers Big Sisters Board.
Carter Peters is Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Bank and the Company. Mr. Peters
has over 23 years of experience in the financial services and public accounting industries. Prior to joining the Company in
August 2005, Mr. Peters served as the Chief Financial Officer of Southern Missouri Bank for approximately two years and
was employed by BKD, LLP, a certified public accounting and advisory firm, for eleven years. He is a Certified Public
Accountant with a Bachelor of Science Degree in Accounting from Missouri State University. He is a member of the
American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and the Missouri Society of Certified Public Accountants. Mr. Peters has
been recognized by the Springfield Business Journal as a “40 Under 40” honoree. He has served several not-for-profit
organizations, including past Chairman of the Southwest Missouri Regional Board of the Make-A-Wish Foundation of
Missouri.
H. Michael Mattson is Executive Vice President and Chief Lending Officer of the Bank. He joined the Bank in
June 2006. Mr. Mattson has over 30 years of commercial banking experience. Mr. Mattson is currently a member of the
Springfield Area Chamber of Commerce and has served on its board nominating committee and venture capital committee.
He is on the board of directors of Ozarks Food Harvest, previously serving as its president and co-chair of their capital
campaign. He is a member of Leadership Springfield Class XI and a graduate of Rockhurst University and the Graduate
School of Banking of The South at Baton Rouge, LA. Mr. Mattson has informed the Company of his retirement that will be
effective on June 30, 2016.
Sheri Biser is Executive Vice President and Chief Credit Officer of the Bank. She joined the Bank in February
2009. Ms. Biser has 29 years of banking experience. Prior to joining the Bank, Ms. Biser served as Chief Credit Officer of
Metropolitan National Bank for nearly eight years and worked in credit administration for fourteen years at another financial
institution. She received a Bachelor of Science Degree in Accounting from Fort Hays State University.
Robin E. Robeson is Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of the Bank. She joined the Bank in
July 2012. Ms. Robeson has over 20 years of experience in the financial services industry and 3 years of executive
management experience in the technology industry. She has a Bachelor of Art Degree in Communication from the University
of Missouri-Columbia and a Master of Business Administration Degree from Drury University. In addition, Ms. Robeson
was awarded the Certified Trust & Financial Advisor (CTFA) professional designation from the Institute of Certified
Bankers. She served as a board Vice Chairman for City Utilities of Springfield, is Past President of the Big Brothers/Big
Sisters of the Ozarks and Rotary Club of Springfield boards and as a member of the Ozarks Transportation Organization
Board. She is a graduate of Leadership Springfield Class XIII, and has been recognized by the Springfield Business Journal
as one of the “20 Most Influential Women in Business” and been named a “40 Under 40” honoree.
As of December 31, 2015, the age of these individuals was 52 for Mr. Burke, 46 for Mr. Peters, 62 for Mr. Mattson,
52 for Ms. Biser and 49 for Ms. Robeson.
26
FORM 10-K
Item 1A. Risk Factors
Our business and operations are subject to, and may be adversely affected by, certain risks and uncertainties. An
investment in our common stock is subject to risks inherent in our business. Before making an investment decision, you
should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below together with all of the other information included and
incorporated by reference in this report. In addition to the risks and uncertainties described below, other risks and uncertainties
not currently known to us or that we currently deem to be immaterial also may materially and adversely affect our business,
financial condition and results of operations. The value or market price of our common stock could decline due to any of
these identified or other risks, and you could lose all or part of your investment.
Our business is concentrated in and largely dependent upon the continued growth and welfare of the general
geographical markets in which we operate.
Our operations are heavily concentrated in Greene County and Christian County, which are in the southwestern
corner of Missouri, including the cities of Springfield, Nixa and Ozark, Missouri (our “Market Area”). Our success depends
to a significant extent upon the business activity, population, income levels, deposits and real estate activity in these markets.
Although our customers' business and financial interests may extend well beyond these market areas, adverse economic
conditions that affect these market areas could reduce our growth rate, affect the ability of our customers to repay their loans
to us, affect the value of collateral underlying loans and generally affect our financial condition and results of operations.
Because of our geographic concentration, we are less able than other regional or national financial institutions to diversify
our credit risks across multiple markets.
Our loan/lease portfolio possesses increased risk due to our relatively high concentration of real estate loans, which
involve risks specific to real estate values.
Real estate lending comprises a significant portion of our lending business. Real estate loans were $396.1 million,
or approximately 79% of our total loan/lease portfolio, as of December 31, 2015. The market value of real estate securing
our real estate loans can fluctuate significantly in a short period of time as a result of market conditions in our Market Area
which is where most of the real estate on which our real estate loans are made is located. Adverse developments affecting
real estate values in our Market Area could increase the credit risk associated with our loan portfolio. Additionally, real estate
lending typically involves higher loan principal amounts and the repayment of the loans generally is dependent, in large part,
on sufficient income from the properties securing the loans to cover operating expenses and debt service. Economic events
or governmental regulations outside of our control or that of our borrowers could negatively impact the future cash flow and
market values of the affected properties impairing the ability of our borrowers to repay their loans which could materially
and adversely affect the Bank’s financial condition and results of operations depending on the severity of the economic
downturn or the nature of the regulatory changes.
Deterioration in asset quality could have an adverse impact on our business.
A significant source of risk for us arises from the possibility that losses will be sustained because borrowers,
guarantors and related parties may fail to perform in accordance with the terms of their loans. With respect to secured loans,
the collateral securing the repayment of these loans includes a wide variety of diverse real and personal property that may be
affected by changes in prevailing economic, environmental and other conditions, including declines in the value of real estate,
changes in interest rates, changes in monetary and fiscal policies of the federal government, environmental contamination (as
discussed in more detail below) and other external events. In addition, decreases in real estate values due to the nature of the
Bank’s loan portfolio (discussed above) could affect the ability of customers to repay their loans. The Bank’s loan policies
and procedures may not prevent unexpected losses that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial
condition, results of operation or liquidity.
27
FORM 10-K
We are subject to environmental liability risk associated with real estate collateral securing our loans.
A significant portion of our loan portfolio is secured by real property. Under certain circumstances, we may take
title to the real property collateral through foreclosure or other means. As the titleholder of the property, we may be
responsible for environmental risks, such as hazardous materials, which attach to the property. For these reasons, prior to
extending credit, we conduct an environmental review to identify any known environmental risks associated with the real
property that will secure our loans. In addition, we routinely inspect properties prior to foreclosing. If environmental risks
are found, environmental laws and regulations may prescribe our approach to remediation. As a result, while we have
ownership of a property, we may incur substantial expense and bear potential liability for any damages caused. The
environmental risks may also materially reduce the property’s value or limit our ability to use or sell the property. We also
cannot guarantee that our environmental review will detect all environmental issues relating to a property, which could subject
us to additional liability.
Our loan portfolio possesses increased risk due to the percentage of commercial real estate loans and commercial
business loans.
Our loan portfolio includes a significant amount of commercial real estate loans and commercial business loans.
The credit risk related to these types of loans is considered to be greater than the risk related to owner-occupied residential
real estate loans or consumer loans because commercial loans often have larger balances, and repayment usually depends on
the borrowers’ successful business operations. The underlying commercial real estate values, customer cash flow and
payment expectations on such loans can be more easily influenced by adverse conditions in the related industries, the real
estate market or in the economy in general. Any significant deterioration in the credit quality of the commercial loan portfolio
or underlying collateral values would have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operation.
Our future success is dependent on our ability to compete effectively in the highly competitive banking industry.
We face competition in attracting and retaining deposits, making loans, and providing other financial services
throughout our market area. Our competitors include other community banks, regional and super-regional banking
institutions, national banking institutions, and a wide range of other financial institutions such as credit unions, government-
sponsored enterprises, mutual fund companies, insurance companies, brokerage companies, and other non-bank businesses.
Many of these competitors have substantially greater resources than we do and are not subject to the same regulatory
restrictions as we are. Many of our competitors compete across geographic boundaries and are able to provide customers
with a feasible alternative to traditional banking services.
As we try to meet our competitors’ terms and pricing, increased competition in our markets may result in:
● interest rate changes to various types of accounts;
● a decrease in the amounts of our loans and deposits;
● reduced spreads between loan rates and deposit rates; or
● loan terms that are more favorable to the borrower and less favorable to the bank.
Any of these results could have a material adverse effect on our ability to grow and remain profitable. If increased
competition causes us to significantly discount the interest rates we offer on loans or increase the amount we pay on deposits,
our net interest income could be adversely impacted.
Our operations are concentrated in one subsidiary bank; an event or a series of events having a material adverse
impact on the financial condition and results of operations of the Bank would have a material adverse impact on our
financial condition and results of operation and, accordingly, on your investment in us.
As a holding company with only one subsidiary bank, our investment risk is concentrated in just one primary
operating asset in a relatively small geographic location. A substantial portion of our cash flow comes from dividends paid
directly to us by the Bank. If and to the extent our Bank is not successful or an event were to occur that prevents it or hinders
it from operating effectively, our financial condition and results of operation could be materially and adversely impacted.
Larger bank holding companies with more subsidiary banks or bank facilities and which are more geographically dispersed
are not as susceptible to the concentrated risks we are if one of their subsidiary banks or facilities was not able to operate
effectively.
28
FORM 10-K
Cybersecurity threats and privacy breaches could subject us to increased operating costs as well as litigation and
other liabilities.
Our operations are dependent upon our ability to protect our computer equipment not only against damage from
physical theft, fire, power loss, telecommunications failure or a similar catastrophic event, but also from security breaches,
denial of service attacks, viruses, worms and other disruptive problems caused by hackers. Any damage or failure that causes
an interruption in our operations could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
Our communication and information systems may present security risks due to susceptibility of digitally stored information
to hacking or identity theft. We may be required to expend significant additional resources to modify our protective measures
or to investigate and remediate vulnerabilities or other exposures, and we may be subject to litigation and financial losses
that are not fully covered through any insurance maintained by us. This could also result in damage to our reputation or a loss
of confidence in the security of our systems and products.
Our information security risks have increased recently in part because of new technologies, the use of the internet
and telecommunication technologies (including mobile devices) to conduct financial and other business transactions and the
increased sophistication and activities of organized crime, perpetrators of fraud, hackers, terrorists, and others. While we
have established policies and procedures to prevent or limit the impact of systems failures and interruptions, there can be no
assurance that such events will not occur or that they will be adequately addressed if they do. In addition, with the help of
third-party service providers, we intend to continue to implement security technology and establish operational procedures
to prevent such damage. Nevertheless, we may not be able to anticipate or implement effective preventative measures against
all security breaches of these types, especially because the techniques used change frequently and because attacks can
originate from a wide variety of sources. In addition, our security measures may not be able to detect all cyber threats and
therefore there is a risk that data breaches may go undetected for extended periods of time.
The occurrence of any of these events could have a material adverse effect on our business.
We are dependent upon outside third parties for processing and handling of our records and data.
We rely on third party vendors for a substantial portion of our communications, record retention, operations and
financial control systems technology. While we place a high priority on reliability and competency in our selection of third
party vendors, we do not control their actions. Any problems caused by these third parties, including as a result of their not
providing us their services for any reason or their performing their services poorly, could materially and adversely affect our
ability to deliver products and services to our customers or otherwise conduct our business efficiently and effectively.
Replacing these third party vendors could also entail significant delay and expense.
In addition to issues with the services provided by third parties, the vendors we use are also subject to the same
cybersecurity risks discussed above. Although we conduct a review of third party vendors prior to contracting with them, we
cannot control the security of their systems. Therefore, in addition to cybersecurity threats against us, we are also at risk if
our third parties vendors are unable to adequately protect our information. If our data was accessed through information
provided to a third party vendor, we could face significant legal and financial exposure and damage to our reputation.
We continually encounter technological change, and we cannot predict how changes in technology will affect our
business.
The financial services industry is continually undergoing rapid technological change with frequent introductions of
new technology-driven products and services. The effective use of technology increases efficiency and enables financial
institutions to better serve customers and reduce costs. Our future success will depend, in part, upon our ability to address the
needs of our customers by using technology to provide products and services that will satisfy customer demands for
convenience, as well as to create additional efficiencies in our operations. Many of our competitors have substantially greater
resources to invest in technological improvements than we do. We may not be able to effectively implement new technology-
driven products and services or be successful in marketing these products and services to our customers. Failure to
successfully keep pace with technological change affecting the financial services industry could have a material adverse
effect on our business and, in turn, our financial condition and results of operations.
29
FORM 10-K
Rapidly changing interest rate environments could reduce our net interest margin and otherwise negatively impact
our results of operations.
Interest and fees on loans and securities, net of interest paid on deposits and borrowings, are a large part of our net
income. Interest rates are the key drivers of our net interest margin and are subject to many factors beyond the control of
management. As interest rates change, our net interest income is affected. Rapid increases in interest rates in the future could
result in our interest expense increasing faster than interest income because of mismatches in the maturities of our assets and
liabilities. Furthermore, substantially higher rates generally reduce loan demand and may result in slower loan growth for us.
Decreases or increases in interest rates could have a negative effect on the spreads between our interest rates earned on assets
and our rates of interest paid on liabilities, and therefore decrease our net interest income, which would have a material
adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operation.
Interest rate changes may affect borrowers’ repayment schedules, negatively impacting our financial condition.
Interest rate increases often result in larger payment requirements for our borrowers, which increase the potential
for default. At the same time, the marketability of underlying collateral may be adversely affected by any reduced demand
resulting from higher interest rates. In a declining interest rate environment, there may be an increase in prepayments on
certain of our loans as borrowers refinance at lower rates. Fluctuation in interest rates may therefore change borrowers’ timing
of repayment of, or ability to repay loans, which could have a material adverse impact on our financial condition.
Changes in interest rates could negatively impact our nonperforming assets, decreasing net interest income.
Changes in interest rates also can affect the value of loans. An increase in interest rates that adversely affects the
ability of borrowers to pay the principal or interest on loans may lead to an increase in our nonperforming assets and a
reduction of income recognized, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and cash flows.
Further, when we place a loan on nonaccrual status, we reverse any accrued but unpaid interest receivable, which decreases
interest income. Subsequently, we continue to have a cost to fund the loan, which is reflected as interest expense, without
any interest income to offset the associated funding expense. Thus, an increase in the amount of nonperforming assets
resulting from changes in interest rates would have an adverse impact on net interest income, which could have a material
adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operation.
The financial condition of the Bank’s customers and borrowers could adversely affect the Bank’s liquidity.
Two of the Bank’s primary sources of funds are loan repayments and customer deposits. Though scheduled loan
repayments are a relatively stable source of liquidity, they are subject to the borrowers’ ability to repay their loans. The ability
of the borrowers to repay their loans can be adversely affected by a number of factors, including changes in the economic
conditions, adverse trends or events affecting the business environment, natural disasters and various other factors. Customer
deposit levels may also be affected by a number of factors, including the competitive interest rate environment in both the
national market and our Market Area, local and national economic conditions, natural disasters and other various events. The
inability of borrowers to repay their loans or a decline in customer deposits would, depending on the extent of the loan
defaults or decline in customer deposits, materially and adversely affect our liquidity and financial condition.
Liquidity needs could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.
Adequate liquidity is critical in our ability to meet the needs of our customers. An inability to access funding through
customer deposits, available borrowings, sales of loans or investments could have an adverse effect on our liquidity.
Furthermore, regional and community banks, including the Bank, generally have less access to the capital markets, than do
the national and super-regional banks because of their smaller size and limited analyst coverage. Any significant decline in
available funding could adversely impact our ability in the future to originate loans, invest in securities, meet our expenses,
pay dividends to our stockholders, or fulfill obligations such as repaying our borrowings or meeting deposit withdrawal
demands, any of which could have a material adverse impact on our liquidity, business, results of operations and financial
condition.
30
FORM 10-K
A decrease in cash flows from our investment portfolio may adversely affect our liquidity.
Another primary source of liquidity for the Bank is cash flows from investment securities. Cash flows from the
investment portfolio may be affected by changes in interest rates, resulting in excessive levels of cash flow during periods of
declining interest rates and lower levels of cash flow during periods of rising interest rates. These changes may be beyond
our control and could significantly influence our available cash.
If we are required to rely on secondary sources of liquidity, those sources may not be immediately available.
We may be required from time to time to rely on secondary sources of liquidity to meet withdrawal demands or
otherwise fund operations. Such sources include the Federal Home Loan Bank advances, brokered deposits and federal funds
lines of credit from correspondent banks. Our ability to borrow could be impaired by factors that are not specific to us, such
as severe disruption of the financial markets or negative publicity about the financial services industry as a whole. We may
also be required to pledge investments as collateral to borrow money from third parties. In certain cases, we may be required
to sell investment instruments for sizable losses to meet liquidity needs, thereby reducing interest income and resultantly net
income. While we believe that we are currently sufficiently liquid, there can be no assurance we will not in the future be
required to turn to these secondary sources of liquidity which may not be available or only at costs that could materially and
adversely affect our financial condition and results of operation.
Inability to hire or retain certain key professionals, management and staff could adversely affect our revenues, net
income and growth plans.
Our performance is largely dependent on the talents and efforts of highly skilled individuals and their ability to
attract and retain customer relationships in a community bank environment. We rely on key personnel to manage and operate
our business, including major revenue generating functions such as our loan and deposit portfolios. None of our employees,
including those who comprise our key management team, are subject to employment contracts with us. Such employees are
at-will and thus are not restricted from terminating their employment. The lack of employment contracts with key employees
could have a material adverse impact on our ability to retain such employees. The loss of key management or our key loan
officers with their contacts in the business communities within our Market Area may adversely affect our ability to maintain
and manage these portfolios effectively, which could negatively affect our revenues.
If we do struggle with employee retention, our success may also be impacted if we are unable to recruit replacement
management and key employees in a reasonable amount of time. There is intense competition in the financial services industry
for qualified employees. In addition, loss of key personnel could result in increased recruiting, hiring, and training expenses,
resulting in lower net income.
We are subject to certain operational risks, including, but not limited to, customer or employee fraud.
Employee errors and employee and customer misconduct could subject us to financial losses, regulatory sanctions,
lawsuits and seriously harm our reputation. Misconduct by our employees could include hiding unauthorized activities from
us, improper or unauthorized activities on behalf of our customers, or improper use of confidential information. We maintain
a system of internal controls and insurance coverage to mitigate against operational risks. However, if our internal controls
fail to prevent or detect an occurrence, or if any resulting loss is not insured or exceeds applicable insurance limits, such
failures could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We are subject to extensive regulation that may significantly affect our operations or earnings.
We are subject to significant federal and state regulation and supervision, as discussed in more detail below, which
is primarily for the benefit and protection of the Bank’s customers and not for the benefit of investors. As a result, various
statutory provisions restrict the amount of dividends our Bank subsidiary can pay to us without regulatory approval. Our
regulatory compliance is costly. We are subject to examination, supervision, and comprehensive regulation by various
agencies, including the FRB, the MDF and FDIC. These regulators have broad discretion in their supervisory and enforcement
activities. We are also subject to capitalization guidelines established by our regulators, as discussed below, which require
that we and the Bank maintain adequate capital to support our growth and the Bank’s growth. To the extent our activities
and/or the Bank’s activities are restricted or limited by regulation or regulators’ supervisory authority, our future profitability
may be adversely affected.
31
FORM 10-K
Changes in federal or state regulation may increase our costs.
The laws, regulations, policies, and interpretations that govern our industry are constantly evolving and may change
significantly over time. The Dodd-Frank Act reshaped regulation of banking institutions and the numerous requirements
stemming from the Dodd-Frank Act have resulted in increased compliance costs for institutions both large and small,
including us and the Bank. As these regulations continue to be implemented, interpreted, and enforced, our compliance must
evolve as well. The CFPB has shown that it is a proactive agency and we anticipate that the CFPB will continue to expand
its supervisory and enforcement authority into new areas and to issue new rules and guidance.
We cannot predict the nature or effect of current or proposed legislative or regulatory changes on us or the Bank
with any certainty. Changes in laws or regulations could impact our business practices and profitability. We also cannot
predict the cost of new compliance that may be required to keep pace with industry regulatory changes.
Decreases in capital and changes to the formulas for calculating adequate capital may negatively impact us or result
in increased regulatory supervision.
Federal rules require banking institutions to maintain an adequate level of regulatory capital (net assets available to
absorb losses). Due to the risks associated with the industry, banking institutions are generally required to hold more capital
than other businesses. Revised minimum capital adequacy requirements under the Basel III Rule became effective for us and
the Bank on January 1, 2015, with additional requirements, such as the capital conservation buffer (discussed below), to be
phased in over the next few years. The new requirements change the definition of capital, increase minimum required risk-
based capital ratios, and increase the risk-weights for certain assets. Cumulatively, the Basel III Rule is more stringent than
prior requirements and requires financial institutions to hold more and better capital against their assets, decreasing the size
of their balance sheets. Although the impact on us has been minimal to date, we cannot guarantee that will continue.
Financial institutions must maintain a 2.5% capital conservation buffer comprised of Common Equity Tier 1 Capital
above the minimum risk-based capital requirements. The buffer must be maintained in order to avoid limitations on capital
distributions and discretionary bonus payments to executive officers. If we or the Bank dip below the capital conservation
buffer, we or the Bank could be subject to increasingly strict limitations on capital distributions and bonus payments.
Federal law provides regulators with broad powers to take "prompt corrective action" to resolve capital deficiencies
at insured depository institutions that do not meet minimum capital requirements. There are five capital tiers: "well
capitalized,"
"critically
undercapitalized." As an institution’s capital levels deteriorates and it falls below the “well capitalized” threshold, such
institution faces increasing penalties. Regulator’s corrective powers include, but are not limited to:
"undercapitalized,"
undercapitalized"
"significantly
capitalized,"
"adequately
and
● requiring a waiver to accept brokered deposits;
● requiring submission of a capital plan;
● limiting growth or restricting activities;
● requiring the issuance of additional capital stock;
● restricting transactions with affiliates;
● prohibiting executive bonuses or raises;
● prohibiting the payment of subordinated debt; and
● appointing a receiver.
Accordingly, we and the Bank could be subject to regulatory penalties and restrictions if capital falls below a certain
minimum thresholds.
32
FORM 10-K
Management’s analysis of the necessary funding for the allowance for loan loss account may be incorrect or may
suddenly change resulting in lower earnings.
The funding of the allowance for loan loss account is the most significant estimate made by management in its
financial reporting to stockholders and regulators. The determination of the appropriate level of the allowance for loan losses
involves a high degree of subjectivity and requires us to make significant estimates of current credit risks and future trends,
all of which are subject to material changes.
Although management believes that the allowance for loan/lease losses as of December 31, 2015 was adequate to
absorb losses on any existing loans/leases that may become uncollectible, we cannot predict loan losses with certainty, and
we cannot assure you that our allowance for loan losses will prove sufficient to cover actual loan losses in the future,
particularly if economic conditions are more difficult than management currently expects. If negative changes to the
performance of our loan portfolio were to occur, management may find it necessary to or be required to fund the allowance
for loan loss account through additional charges to our provision for loan loss expense. These changes may occur suddenly
and be dramatic in nature. Additional provisions to the allowance for loan losses and loan losses in excess of said allowance
may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Monetary policies and regulations of the Federal Reserve could adversely affect our business, financial condition and
results of operations.
In addition to being affected by general economic conditions, including economic conditions specifically in our
Market Area, our earnings and growth are affected by the policies of the Federal Reserve. An important function of the
Federal Reserve is to regulate the money supply and credit conditions. Among the instruments used by the Federal Reserve
to implement these objectives are open market operations in U.S. government securities, adjustments of the discount rate and
changes in reserve requirements against bank deposits. These instruments are used in varying combinations to influence
overall economic growth and the distribution of credit, bank loans, investments and deposits. Their use also affects interest
rates charged on loans or paid on deposits.
The effects of the monetary policies and regulations of the Federal Reserve upon our business, financial condition
and results of operations in the future cannot be predicted, but have had a significant effect on the operating results of
commercial banks, including our Bank, in the past.
Anti-takeover provisions could negatively impact our stockholders.
Provisions in our governing documents, the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”) and
federal regulations could delay or prevent a third party from acquiring us, despite the possible benefit to our stockholders.
These provisions include, but are not limited to:
● a prohibition on voting shares of common stock beneficially owned in excess of 10% of total shares outstanding
without prior Board approval;
● supermajority voting requirements for certain business combinations with any person who beneficially owns
10% or more of our outstanding common stock;
● the election of directors to staggered terms of three years;
● advance notice requirements for director nominations and for proposing matters that stockholders may act on at
stockholder meetings;
● a requirement that only directors may fill a vacancy in our Board of Directors; and
● supermajority voting requirements to remove any of our directors.
In addition, because we are a bank holding company, purchasers of 10% or more of our common stock may be
required to obtain approvals under the Change in Bank Control Act of 1978, as amended, or the Bank Holding Company Act
of 1956, as amended (the “BHCA”), and in certain cases such approvals may be required at a lesser percentage of ownership.
33
FORM 10-K
These provisions may discourage potential takeover attempts, discourage bids for our common stock at a premium
over market price or adversely affect the market price of, and the voting and other rights of the holders of, our common stock.
These provisions could also discourage proxy contests and make it more difficult for holders of our common stock to elect
directors other than the candidates nominated by our Board of Directors.
There are restrictions on our ability to pay dividends on and repurchase our common stock.
Holders of our common stock are entitled to receive dividends only when, as and if declared by our Board of
Directors. Our ability to pay dividends is limited by Delaware law, as well as regulatory restrictions and the need to maintain
sufficient consolidated capital. The ability of the Bank to pay dividends to us is limited by its obligation to maintain sufficient
capital and liquidity and by other general restrictions on dividends that are applicable to the Bank. If current or any future
regulatory requirements are not met, the Bank will not be able to pay dividends to us, and we may be unable to pay dividends
on our common stock.
The DGCL provides that dividends by a Delaware corporation may be paid only from: (1) “surplus” determined in
the manner described in the DGCL, or (2) in case there is no “surplus,” net profits for the fiscal year in which the dividend is
declared and/or the preceding fiscal year. Dividends paid from the second source may not be paid unless the capital
represented by the issued and outstanding stock of all classes having a preference upon the distribution of assets at current
market value is intact.
Moreover, as a bank holding company, our ability to declare and pay dividends is subject to the guidelines of the
Federal Reserve regarding capital adequacy and dividends. The Federal Reserve guidelines generally require us to review the
effects of the cash payment of dividends on common stock and other Tier 1 capital instruments (i.e., perpetual preferred stock
and trust preferred debt) in light of our earnings, capital adequacy and financial condition. As a general matter, the Federal
Reserve indicates that the Board of Directors of a bank holding company should eliminate, defer or significantly reduce the
dividends if:
● the company’s net income available to stockholders for the past four quarters, net of dividends previously paid
during that period, is not sufficient to fully fund the dividends;
● the prospective rate of earnings retention is inconsistent with the company’s capital needs and overall current
and prospective financial condition; or
● the company will not meet, or is in danger of not meeting, its minimum regulatory capital adequacy ratios.
In the future, if we default on certain of our outstanding debts, we will be prohibited from making dividend payments
on our common stock until such payments have been brought current.
Failure to pay interest on our debt may adversely impact our ability to pay common stock dividends.
As of December 31, 2015, we had $15.5 million of junior subordinated debentures held by two business trusts.
Interest payments on the Company’s existing debentures, which totaled $539,000 for 2015, must be paid before the Company
can pay dividends on its capital stock, including its common stock. The Company has the right to defer interest payments on
the debentures for up to 20 consecutive quarters. However, if it elects to defer interest payments, all deferred interest must
be paid before the Company can pay dividends on its capital stock.
Although the Company expects to be able to pay all required interest on the junior subordinated debentures, there is
no guarantee that it will be able to do so.
There is a limited trading market for our common stock, and you may not be able to resell your shares at or above
the price you paid for them.
Although our common stock is listed for trading on the NASDAQ Global Market, it has a low average daily trading
volume relative to many other stocks whose shares are also quoted on the NASDAQ Global Market. A public trading market
having the desired characteristics of depth, liquidity and orderliness depends on the presence in the market of willing buyers
and sellers of our common stock at any given time. This presence depends on the individual decisions of investors and general
economic and market conditions over which we have no control. We cannot assure you that the volume of trading in our
common stock will increase in the future.
34
FORM 10-K
Additionally, general market forces may have a negative effect on our stock price, independent of factors affecting
our stock specifically. Factors beyond our control, including price and trading fluctuation, can significantly influence the fair
value of securities in our portfolio and can cause potential adverse changes to the fair value of these securities. These
conditions may result in (i) volatility in the level of, and fluctuations in, the market prices of stocks generally and, in turn,
our common stock and (ii) sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the market, in each case that could be
unrelated or disproportionate to changes in our operating performance. These broad market fluctuations may adversely affect
the market value of our common stock.
The soundness of other financial institutions could negatively affect our business.
Our ability to engage in routine funding and other transactions could be negatively affected by the actions and
commercial soundness of other financial institutions. Financial services institutions, including the Bank, are interrelated as a
result of trading, clearing, counterparty or other relationships. Defaults by, or even rumors or questions about, one or more
financial services institutions, or the financial services industry generally, have led to market-wide liquidity problems and
losses of depositor, creditor and counterparty confidence and could lead to losses or defaults by us or by other institutions.
We could experience increases in deposits and assets as a result of the difficulties or failures of other banks, which would
increase the capital we need to support our growth. There can be no assurance that we could raise the necessary capital to
support our growth or on terms satisfactory to us.
We face legal risks, both from regulatory investigations and proceedings and from private actions brought against us.
We could in the future become subject to lawsuits or regulatory proceedings challenging the legality of our lending
or business practices. Future actions against us may result in judgments, settlements, fines, penalties or other results adverse
to us, which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations, or cause serious
reputational harm to us. As a participant in the financial services industry, we are exposed to a high level of potential litigation
related to our businesses and operations. Although we maintain insurance, the scope of this coverage may not provide us with
full, or even partial, coverage in any particular case.
Our businesses and operations are also subject to increasing regulatory oversight and scrutiny, which may lead to
additional regulatory investigations or enforcement actions. These and other initiatives from federal and state officials may
subject us to further judgments, settlements, fines or penalties, or cause us to be required to restructure our operations and
activities, all of which could lead to reputational issues, or higher operational costs, thereby reducing our revenue.
Our reputation could be damaged by negative publicity.
Reputational risk, or the risk to us from negative publicity, is inherent in our business. Negative publicity can result
from actual or alleged conduct in a number of areas, including legal and regulatory compliance, lending practices, corporate
governance, litigation, inadequate protection of customer data, ethical behavior of our employees, and from actions taken by
regulators, ratings agencies and others as a result of that conduct. Damage to our reputation could impact our ability to attract
new or maintain existing loan and deposit customers, employees and business relationships.
The preparation of our consolidated financial statements requires us to make estimates and judgments, which are
subject to an inherent degree of uncertainty and which may differ from actual results.
Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and
general reporting practices within the U.S. financial services industry, which require us to make estimates and judgments that
affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses and related disclosure of contingent assets and
liabilities. Some accounting policies, such as those pertaining to our allowance for loan losses, require the application of
significant judgment by management in selecting the appropriate assumptions for calculating financial estimates. By their
nature, these estimates and judgments are subject to an inherent degree of uncertainty and actual results may differ from these
estimates and judgments under different assumptions or conditions. If actual results vary significantly, there may be a material
adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations in subsequent periods.
35
FORM 10-K
Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments
Not applicable.
Item 2. Properties
The following table sets forth certain information concerning the Bank’s facilities as of December 31, 2015. All
buildings owned are free of encumbrances or mortgages. The Bank’s facilities are well maintained and considered adequate
for the foreseeable future.
Location
Main Office
Year
Opened
Owned or
Leased
Lease
Expiration
(Including any
renewal options)
1341 W Battlefield Road .......... Springfield, Missouri 65807
1995
Owned
N/A
Operations Center
1414 W Elfindale ..................... Springfield, Missouri 65807
2009
Owned
N/A
Banking Center Offices
1510 E Sunshine ....................... Springfield, Missouri 65804
2109 N Glenstone ..................... Springfield, Missouri 65803
4343 S National ........................ Springfield, Missouri 65810
1905 W Kearney ...................... Springfield, Missouri 65803
2155 W Republic Road ............ Springfield, Missouri 65807
709 W Mt. Vernon ................... Nixa, Missouri 65714
291 East Hwy CC ..................... Nixa, Missouri 65714
1701 W State Hwy J ................. Ozark, Missouri 65721
Loan Production Offices
1979
1987
2000
2004
2006
2005
2008
2008
Owned
Owned
Owned
Leased*
Leased*
Leased*
Leased*
Owned
N/A
N/A
N/A
2044
2046
2044
2038
N/A
1100 Spur Dr. ........................... Marshfield, Missouri 65706
2007
Leased
2016
* Building owned with land leased.
36
FORM 10-K
Item 3. Legal Proceedings
(a)
Material Legal Proceedings
The Company and the Bank, from time to time, may be parties to ordinary routine litigation, which arises in the
normal course of business, such as claims to enforce liens, and condemnation proceedings, on properties in which the Bank
holds security interests, claims involving the making and servicing of real property loans, and other issues incident to the
business of the Company and the Bank. While the ultimate outcome of such legal proceedings cannot be predicted with
certainty, after reviewing pending and threatened litigation with legal counsel, management believes at this time that the
outcome of any such litigation will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition or
results of operations.
(b) Proceedings Terminated During the Last Quarter of the Fiscal Year Covered by This Report
Not applicable.
Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures
Not applicable.
37
FORM 10-K
Item 5. Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity
PART II
Securities
Market Information
The common stock of Guaranty Federal Bancshares, Inc. (the “Company”) is listed for trading on the NASDAQ
Global Market under the symbol “GFED”.
Shareholders
As of March 14, 2016, there were approximately 1,389 holders of shares of the Company’s common stock. At that
date the Company had 6,874,003 shares of common stock issued and 4,431,470 shares of common stock outstanding.
Dividends and Common Stock Prices
The table below sets forth the cash dividends per share on the Company’s common stock for the years ended
December 31, 2015 and 2014.
Year ended
December 31, 2015
Year ended
December 31, 2014
Declared
Paid
Dividend Per
Share
Declared
Paid
Dividend Per
Share
Quarter ended:
March 31 ................................ 3/26/2015 4/16/2015 $
June 30 ................................... 6/25/2015 7/16/2015 $
September 30 ......................... 9/24/2015 10/15/2015 $
December 31 .......................... 12/23/2015 1/15/2016 $
0.05
-
-
0.05 6/26/2014 7/18/2014 $
0.05 9/25/2014 10/14/2014 $
0.08 12/18/2014 1/16/2015 $
-
0.05
0.05
0.05
Any future dividends will be at the discretion of the Company’s Board of Directors and will depend on, among other
things, the Company’s results of operations, cash requirements and surplus, financial condition, regulatory limitations and
other factors that the Company’s Board of Directors may consider relevant.
The table below reflects the range of common stock high and low sale prices per the NASDAQ Global Market by
quarter for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014.
Year ended
December 31, 2015
Low
High
Year ended
December 31, 2014
Low
High
Quarter ended:
March 31 ................................................................... $
June 30 ......................................................................
September 30 ............................................................
December 31 .............................................................
15.25 $
15.20
15.20
15.25
13.02 $
14.30
14.15
14.30
13.12 $
12.99
12.76
13.40
10.70
12.17
12.20
12.14
38
FORM 10-K
Financial Performance
Set forth below is a stock performance graph comparing the cumulative total shareholder return on the Common
Stock with (a) the cumulative total stockholder return on stocks included in The Nasdaq – Total U.S. Index and (b) the
cumulative total stockholder return on stocks included in The Nasdaq Bank Index. All three investment comparisons assume
the investment of $100 as of the close of business on December 31, 2010 and the hypothetical value of that investment as of
the Company’s fiscal years ended December 31, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014, and 2015, assuming that all dividends were
reinvested. The graph reflects the historical performance of the Common Stock, and, as a result, may not be indicative of
possible future performance of the Common Stock. The data used to compile this graph was obtained from NASDAQ.
Index
Guaranty Federal
12/31/10
12/31/11
12/31/12
12/31/13
12/31/14
12/31/15
Period Ending
Bancshares, Inc. ..............
NASDAQ - Total US ........
NASDAQ Bank Index .......
100.00
100.00
100.00
119.75
99.21
89.50
144.75
116.82
106.23
231.07
163.75
150.55
279.98
188.03
157.95
329.26
201.40
171.92
As a result of a change in the total return data made available to us through our vendor provider, our performance
graphs going forward will be using an index provided by NASDAQ OMX Global Indexes which is comparable to the
NASDAQ Bank Stock Index. Please note, information for the NASDAQ Bank Stock Index is provided only from
December 31, 2010 through December 31, 2015, the last day this data was available by our third-party provider.
With respect to the equity compensation plan information required by this item, see “Item 12. Security Ownership
of Certain Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters” in this report.
Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
The Company has a repurchase plan which was announced on August 20, 2007. This plan authorizes the purchase
by the Company of up to 350,000 shares of the Company’s common stock. There is no expiration date for this plan. There
are no other repurchase plans in effect at this time. The Company had no repurchase activity of the Company’s common
stock during the fourth quarter ended December 31, 2015.
39
FORM 10-K
Item 6. Selected Financial Data
The following tables include certain information concerning the financial position and results of operations of
Guaranty Federal Bancshares, Inc. (including consolidated data from operations of Guaranty Bank) as of the dates indicated.
Dollar amounts are expressed in thousands except per share.
Summary Balance Sheets
2015
2014
As of December 31,
2013
2012
2011
ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents ............................................ $
Investments and interest-bearing deposits ....................
Loans receivable, net ...................................................
Accrued interest receivable ..........................................
Prepaids and other assets ..............................................
Foreclosed assets ..........................................................
Premises and equipment, net ........................................
Bank owned life insurance ...........................................
$
LIABILITIES
Deposits ....................................................................... $
Federal Home Loan Bank and Federal Reserve Bank
advances ..................................................................
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase ...........
Subordinated debentures ..............................................
Other liabilities ............................................................
18,774 $
97,336
492,905
1,987
10,121
2,392
10,540
18,780
652,835 $
12,494 $
86,529
487,801
2,030
11,421
3,165
10,603
14,417
628,460 $
12,303 $
97,772
465,003
1,853
14,204
3,822
10,887
14,044
619,888 $
41,663 $
102,162
468,376
2,055
16,703
4,530
11,286
13,657
660,432 $
26,574
86,871
482,664
2,139
18,051
10,012
11,424
10,771
648,506
517,386 $
479,818 $
487,319 $
500,015 $
484,584
52,100
-
15,465
1,462
586,413
60,350
10,000
15,465
1,350
566,983
55,350
10,000
15,465
1,399
569,533
68,050
25,000
15,465
1,034
609,564
68,050
25,000
15,465
1,172
594,271
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY ......................................
$
66,422
652,835 $
61,477
628,460 $
50,355
619,888 $
50,868
660,432 $
54,235
648,506
Supplemental Data
2015
2014
As of December 31,
2013
2012
2011
Number of full-service offices .....................................
Cash dividends per common share ............................... $
9
0.23 $
9
0.15 $
9
- $
9
- $
9
-
Summary Statements of Income
Interest income ............................................................. $
Interest expense ............................................................
Net interest income ......................................................
Provision for loan losses ..............................................
Net interest income after provision for loan losses ......
Noninterest income ......................................................
Noninterest expense .....................................................
Income before income taxes .........................................
Provision for income taxes ...........................................
Net income ................................................................... $
Preferred stock dividends and discount accretion ........
Net income available to common shareholders ............ $
2015
25,190 $
4,280
20,910
600
20,310
4,653
16,785
8,178
2,461
5,717 $
-
5,717 $
Years ended December 31,
2013
2014
2012
25,014 $
4,329
20,685
1,275
19,410
3,418
14,933
7,895
2,113
5,782 $
357
5,425 $
25,855 $
5,097
20,758
1,550
19,208
5,319
16,773
7,756
2,516
5,240 $
795
4,445 $
27,606 $
6,858
20,748
5,950
14,798
3,256
15,355
2,699
755
1,944 $
1,077
867 $
Basic income per common share .................................. $
Diluted income per common share ............................... $
1.32 $
1.30 $
1.35 $
1.33 $
1.63 $
1.58 $
0.32 $
0.30 $
40
2011
30,376
9,611
20,765
3,350
17,415
4,485
16,475
5,425
1,589
3,836
1,126
2,710
1.01
1.01
FORM 10-K
Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
GENERAL
Guaranty Federal Bancshares, Inc. (the “Company”) is a Delaware corporation organized on December 30, 1997
that operates as a one-bank holding company. Guaranty Bank (the “Bank”) is a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company.
The primary activity of the Company is to oversee its investment in the Bank. The Company engages in few other
activities, and the Company has no significant assets other than its investment in the Bank. For this reason, unless otherwise
specified, references to the Company include the operations of the Bank. The Company’s principal business consists of
attracting deposits from the general public and using such deposits to originate multi-family, construction and commercial
real estate loans, mortgage loans secured by one- to four-family residences, and consumer and business loans. The Company
also uses these funds to purchase government sponsored mortgage-backed securities, US government and agency obligations,
and other permissible securities. When cash outflows exceed inflows, the Company uses borrowings and brokered deposits
as additional financing sources.
The Company derives revenues principally from interest earned on loans and investments and, to a lesser extent,
from fees charged for services. General economic conditions and policies of the financial institution regulatory agencies,
including the Missouri Division of Finance and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) significantly influence
the Company’s operations. Interest rates on competing investments and general market interest rates influence the Company’s
cost of funds. Lending activities are affected by the interest rates at which such financing may be offered. The Company
intends to focus on commercial, one- to four-family residential and consumer lending throughout southwestern Missouri.
The Company has two active wholly-owned subsidiaries other than the Bank, its principal subsidiary: (i) Guaranty
Statutory Trust I, a Delaware statutory trust; and (ii) Guaranty Statutory Trust II, a Delaware statutory trust and a third inactive
subsidiary. These Trusts were formed in December 2005 for the exclusive purpose of issuing trust preferred securities to
acquire junior subordinated debentures issued by the Company. The Company’s banking operation conducted through the
Bank is the Company’s only reportable segment. See also the discussion contained in the section captioned “Segment
Information” in Note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in this report. The third subsidiary is a service
corporation which has been inactive since February 1, 2003.
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
The Company may from time to time make written or oral "forward-looking statements", including statements
contained in the company's filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission (including this Annual Report on Form
10-K and the exhibits thereto), in its reports to stockholders and in other communications by the Company, which are made
in good faith by the Company pursuant to the "safe harbor" provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of
1995. When used in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, words such as “anticipates,” “estimates,” “believes,” “expects,” and
similar expressions are intended to identify such forward-looking statements but are not the exclusive means of identifying
such statements.
These forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties, such as statements of the Company's plans,
objectives, expectations, estimates and intentions that are subject to change based on various important factors (some of
which are beyond the Company's control). The following factors, among others, could cause the Company's financial
performance to differ materially from the plans, objectives, expectations, estimates and intentions expressed in such forward-
looking statements: the strength of the United States economy in general and the strength of the real estate values and the
local economies in which the Company conducts operations; the effects of, and changes in, trade, monetary and fiscal policies
and laws, changes in interest rates; the timely development of and acceptance of new products and services of the company
and the perceived overall value of these products and services by users, including the features, pricing and quality compared
to competitors' products and services; the impact of changes in financial services' laws and regulations (including laws
concerning taxes, banking, securities and insurance); asset quality deterioration; environmental liability associated with real
estate collateral; technological changes and cybersecurity risks; acquisitions; employee retention; the success of the Company
at managing the risks resulting from these factors; and other factors set forth in reports and other documents filed by the
Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission from time to time. For further information about these and other
risks, uncertainties and factors, please review the disclosure included in item 1A. of this Form 10-K.
The Company cautions that the listed factors are not exclusive. The Company does not undertake to update any
forward-looking statement, whether written or oral, that may be made from time to time by or on behalf of the Company.
41
FORM 10-K
FINANCIAL CONDITION
From December 31, 2014 to December 31, 2015, the Company’s total assets increased $24,375,428 (4%) to
$652,835,072, liabilities increased $19,429,810 (3%) to $586,412,607, and stockholders' equity increased $4,945,618 (8%)
to $66,422,465. The ratio of stockholders’ equity to total assets increased to 10.2% during this period, compared to 9.8% as
of December 31, 2014.
From December 31, 2014 to December 31, 2015, cash and cash equivalents increased $6,280,529 (50%) to
$18,774,419. This was primarily due to the increase of $37,567,413 in deposits balances, offset by the increase in net loans
receivable of $4,415,271, a net increase of $10,824,502 in available-for-sale securities and paydowns of FHLB and Federal
Reserve advances and the prepayment of a repurchase agreement in the total of $18,250,000.
From December 31, 2014 to December 31, 2015, available-for-sale securities increased $10,824,502 (13%),
primarily due to purchases of $55,150,017 offset by sales, maturities and principal payments received of $43,505,410. The
Company had unrealized losses of $1,085,644 at December 31, 2015 compared to $711,779 at December 31, 2014.
Stock of FHLB decreased by $319,400 (10%) to $2,837,500 due to lower stock requirements necessary from the
reduction in FHLB advances.
From December 31, 2014 to December 31, 2015, net loans receivable increased by $4,415,271 (1%) to
$491,001,907. Permanent loans secured by commercial real estate, primarily secured by owner occupied retail and low-
income housing project, decreased $6,780,481 (3%) which was due to various expected payoffs and principal reductions.
Construction loans increased $8,678,311 (24%) due to increase in new construction loan demand combined with draws on
existing loans. Permanent multi-family loans increased $7,817,710 (23%) due to primarily two larger new credits and one
larger credit increasing existing loan balance. Commercial loans decreased $11,469,164 (12%) and installment loans
increased $5,107,289 (30%) which was primarily due to the anticipated payoff of one larger relationship and one large credit
previously classified as commercial being transferred to installment due to collateral changing. Loans secured by both owner
and non-owner occupied one-to-four unit residential real estate increased $356,604 (less than 1%). Despite gross loan
balances at December 31, 2015 being above year-end 2014, they declined $13.6 million for the second half of 2015. The
decline was primarily due to loan payoffs combined with a highly competitive environment for new loans that has made it
difficult to maintain loan balances. The Company continues to focus its lending efforts in the commercial and owner occupied
real estate mortgage loan categories, and to reduce its concentrations in non-owner occupied commercial real estate.
As of December 31, 2015, management identified loans totaling $14,730,000 as impaired with a related allowance
for loan losses of $865,000. Impaired loans increased by $9,349,000 during 2015, compared to the balance of $5,381,000 at
December 31, 2014.
From December 31, 2014 to December 31, 2015, the allowance for loan losses decreased $776,657 to $5,811,940.
In addition to the provision for loan losses of $600,000 recorded by the Company during the year ended December 31, 2015,
loan charge-offs of specific loans (previously classified as nonperforming) exceeded recoveries by $1,376,657 for the year
ended December 31, 2015. The Company’s increase in overall loan balances during 2015 has increased the general
component of the allowance for loan loss reserve requirements. However, the overall reserve decreased as a result of charge-
offs of specific reserves established on nonperforming loans. The allowance for loan losses, as a percentage of gross loans
outstanding (excluding mortgage loans held for sale), as of December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 was 1.17% and
1.34%, respectively. The allowance for loan losses, as a percentage of nonperforming loans outstanding, as of December 31,
2015 and December 31, 2014 was 109.9% and 124.5%, respectively. Management believes the allowance for loan losses is
at a level to be sufficient in providing for potential loan losses in the Bank’s existing loan portfolio.
As of December 31, 2015, foreclosed assets held for sale consisted primarily of one commercial development in
northwest Arkansas of $1.3 million and one commercial property located in Springfield, Missouri of $441,000.
42
FORM 10-K
From December 31, 2014 to December 31, 2015, bank owned life insurance increased $4,362,695 (30%) to
$18,779,915 primarily due to an additional purchase of $4,000,000 of single premium life insurance on key members of
management with the purpose of partially offsetting the Company’s employee benefit costs as a whole. This purchase was
completed in December 2015.
From December 31, 2014 to December 31, 2015, deposits increased $37,567,413 (8%) to $517,385,695. During this
period, checking and savings transaction balances increased by $43,000,898 and certificates of deposit declined $5,433,485.
The increase in transactional balances is primarily due to the Company’s strong efforts to grow core transaction deposits,
including retail, commercial and public funds.
Federal Home Loan Bank and Federal Reserve Bank advances decreased $8,250,000 (14%) from $60,350,000 as of
December 31, 2014 to $52,100,000 as of December 31, 2015 due to principal reductions.
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase decreased $10,000,000 (100%) as of September 30, 2015. The
Company executed a structured transaction during the second quarter selling approximately $4,000,000 of Small Business
Administration (“SBA”) guaranteed loans and approximately $5,800,000 of investment securities for a combined gain of
$488,000. With those proceeds, the Company prepaid a $10,000,000 repurchase agreement (bearing annual interest of 2.61%)
incurring a prepayment penalty of $463,992. This prepayment has allowed the Company to significantly reduce higher cost,
non-core funding liabilities on its balance sheet and eliminate future annual interest expense of $261,000. This transaction
has improved the Company’s cost of funds as well as enhanced other liquidity and capital performance measurements.
From December 31, 2014 to December 31, 2015, stockholders’ equity (including unrealized depreciation on
available-for-sale securities, net of tax) increased $4,945,618 (8%) to $66,422,465. Net income for the year ended
December 31, 2015 exceeded dividends paid or declared by $4,708,435. The equity portion of the Company’s unrealized
losses on available-for-sale securities declined by $235,535 during 2015. On a per common share basis, stockholders’ equity
increased from $14.30 as of December 31, 2014 to $15.27 as of December 31, 2015.
43
FORM 10-K
AVERAGE BALANCES, INTEREST AND AVERAGE YIELDS
The following table shows the balances as of December 31, 2015 of various categories of interest-earning assets and
interest-bearing liabilities and the corresponding yields and costs, and, for the periods indicated: (1) the average balances of
various categories of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, (2) the total interest earned or paid thereon, and
(3) the resulting weighted average yields and costs. In addition, the table shows the Company’s rate spreads and net yields.
Average balances are based on daily balances. Tax-free income is not material; accordingly, interest income and related
average yields have not been calculated on a tax equivalent basis. Average loan balances include non-accrual loans. Dollar
amounts are expressed in thousands.
As of
December 31,
2015
Year Ended
December 31, 2015
Year Ended
December 31, 2014
Year Ended
December 31, 2013
Yield
/
Cost
Average
Balance
Yield
/
Cost
Average
Balance
Interest
Yield
/
Cost
Average
Balance
Yield
/
Cost
Interest
Interest
Balance
ASSETS
Interest-earning:
Loans ........................ $ 498,717 4.87% $ 501,194 $ 23,565 4.70% $ 465,874 $ 23,255 4.99% $ 465,796 $ 23,885 5.13%
Investment securities . 97,335 1.85% 90,248 1,484 1.64% 99,887 1,627 1.63% 107,706 1,795 1.67%
175 0.57%
Other assets ............... 18,108 0.27% 23,552
Total interest-earning 614,160 4.26% 614,994 25,190 4.10% 589,248 25,014 4.25% 604,058 25,855 4.28%
Noninterest-earning ... 38,675
$ 652,835
36,036
$ 625,284
37,730
$ 641,788
36,103
$ 651,097
132 0.56% 30,556
141 0.60% 23,487
LIABILITIES AND
STOCKHOLDERS'
EQUITY
Interest-bearing:
Savings accounts ....... $ 25,865 0.20% $ 24,841 $
54 0.22%
Transaction accounts . 308,075 0.37% 305,849 1,277 0.42% 289,175 1,242 0.43% 296,019 1,521 0.51%
Certificates of deposit 115,548 0.93% 119,793 1,098 0.92% 121,344 1,038 0.86% 135,871 1,284 0.95%
FHLB and Federal
49 0.20% $ 24,022 $
49 0.20% $ 24,366 $
Reserve advances .. 52,100 2.25% 53,970 1,196 2.22% 53,865 1,202 2.23% 56,168 1,295 2.31%
Subordinated
debentures ............. 15,465 3.53% 15,465
539 3.49% 15,465
533 3.45% 15,465
537 3.47%
Repurchase
4,575
- 0.00%
agreements ............
121 2.64% 10,000
406 2.65%
Total interest-bearing 517,053 0.77% 524,493 4,280 0.82% 514,215 4,329 0.84% 542,846 5,097 0.94%
Noninterest-bearing ... 69,360
Total liabilities .......... 586,413
Stockholders' equity .. 66,422
$ 652,835
Net earning balance ... $ 97,107
Earning yield less
51,277
565,492
59,792
$ 625,284
$ 75,033
48,280
591,126
50,662
$ 641,788
$ 61,212
61,686
586,179
64,918
$ 651,097
$ 90,501
265 2.65% 15,301
costing rate ............
3.49%
3.28%
3.40%
3.34%
Net interest income,
and net yield spread
on interest-earning
assets .....................
Ratio of interest-
earning assets to
interest-bearing
liabilities ...............
$ 20,910 3.40%
$ 20,685 3.51%
$ 20,758 3.44%
119%
117%
115%
111%
44
FORM 10-K
The following table sets forth information regarding changes in interest income and interest expense for the periods
indicated resulting from changes in average balances and average rates shown in the previous table. For each category of
interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities information is provided with respect to changes attributable to: (i)
changes in balance (change in balance multiplied by the old rate), (ii) changes in interest rates (change in rate multiplied by
the old balance); and (iii) the combined effect of changes in balance and interest rates (change in balance multiplied by change
in rate). Dollar amounts are expressed in thousands.
December 31, 2015 versus December 31, 2014 December 31, 2014 versus December 31, 2013
Year ended
Year ended
Average
Balance
Interest
Rate
Rate &
Balance
Average
Balance
Interest
Rate
Rate &
Balance
Total
Total
Interest income:
Loans ............................ $ 1,763 $ (1,351) $
16
Investment securities ....
Other assets ..................
9
Net change in interest
(157)
-
(102) $
(2)
-
310 $
(143)
9
4 $
(130)
(41)
(634) $
(41)
(3)
- $
3
1
(630)
(168)
(43)
income ......................
1,606
(1,326)
(104)
176
(167)
(678)
4
(841)
Interest expense:
Savings accounts ..........
Transaction accounts ....
Certificates of deposit ...
FHLB advances ............
Subordinated debentures
Repurchase agreements
Net change in interest
1
72
(13)
2
-
(144)
(1)
(35)
74
(8)
6
-
-
(2)
(1)
-
-
-
-
35
60
(6)
6
(144)
1
(35)
(137)
(53)
-
(141)
(6)
(249)
(122)
(41)
(4)
(1)
-
6
13
2
-
-
(5)
(278)
(246)
(92)
(4)
(142)
expense .....................
(82)
36
(3)
(49)
(365)
(423)
21
(767)
Change in net interest
income ...................... $ 1,688 $ (1,362) $
(101) $
225 $
198 $
(255) $
(17 ) $
(74)
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS - COMPARISON OF YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND DECEMBER 31,
2014
Average for the Year Shown
Ten-Year
Treasury
One-Year
Treasury
Prime
December 31, 2015 ....................................................
December 31, 2014 ....................................................
Change in rates ...........................................................
3.26%
3.25%
0.01%
2.14%
2.54%
-0.40%
0.32%
0.12%
0.20%
Interest Rates. The Bank charges borrowers and pays depositors interest rates that are largely a function of the
general level of interest rates. The above table sets forth the weekly average interest rates for the 52 weeks ending
December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 as reported by the Federal Reserve. The Bank typically indexes its adjustable
rate commercial loans to prime and its adjustable rate mortgage loans to the one-year Treasury Rate. The ten-year Treasury
Rate is a proxy for 30-year fixed rate home mortgage loans.
Rates trended upward by the end of 2015 as the Federal Reserve Open Market Committee (“FOMC”) increased the
discount rate by 25 basis points in December 2015. As of December 31, 2015, the prime rate was 3.50% which is a 25 basis
point increase from December 31, 2014.
45
FORM 10-K
Interest Income. Total interest income increased $175,320 (1%). The average balance of interest-earning assets
increased $25,746,000 (4%) while the yield on average interest earning assets decreased 15 basis points to 4.10%.
Interest on loans increased $309,903 (1%) and the average loan receivable balance increased $35,320,000 (8%)
while the average yield decreased 29 basis points to 4.70%. Strong competition is causing a reduction in rates for new credits
and to maintain existing credit relationships.
Interest Expense. Total interest expense decreased $49,423 (1%) as the average balance of interest-bearing liabilities
increased $10,278,000 (2%) while the average cost of interest-bearing liabilities decreased 2 basis points to 0.82%.
Interest expense on deposits increased $94,781 (4%) during 2015 as the average balance of interest bearing deposits
increased $15,598,000 (3%) and the average interest rate paid to depositors remained the same at 0.54%. The Company has
made significant efforts over the last several years to grow lower cost core deposit relationships. The Company has been
successful in these efforts, which allowed for reductions in wholesale funding, thereby reducing the Company’s cost of funds.
Net Interest Income. The Company’s net interest income increased $224,743 (1%). During the year ended
December 31, 2015, the average balance of interest-earning assets exceeded the average balance of interest-bearing liabilities
by $90,501,000, resulting in an increase in the average net interest earning balance of $15,468,000 (21%). In addition, the
Company’s spread between the average yield on interest-earning assets and the average cost of interest-bearing liabilities
decreased by 12 basis points from 3.40% to 3.28%.
Provision for Loan Losses. Provisions for loan losses are charged or credited to earnings to bring the total allowance
for loan losses to a level considered adequate by the Company to provide for potential loan losses in the existing loan
portfolio. When making its assessment, the Company considers prior loss experience, volume and type of lending, local
banking trends and impaired and past due loans in the Company’s loan portfolio. In addition, the Company considers general
economic conditions and other factors related to collectability of the Company’s loan portfolio.
Based on its internal analysis and methodology, management recorded a provision for loan losses of $600,000 and
$1,275,000 for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.
Generally, the overall decrease in the provision for loan losses for the year presented has resulted primarily from
declining historic loss rates, which are used to calculate the reserve for the homogenous pool of loans. The Company has also
experienced lower reserve requirements on newly classified nonperforming credits during the year. The Bank will continue
to monitor its allowance for loan losses and make future additions based on economic and regulatory conditions. Management
may need to increase the allowance for loan losses through charges to the provision for loan losses if anticipated growth in
the Bank’s loan portfolio increases or other circumstances warrant. See further discussions of the allowance for loan losses
under “Financial Condition” above.
Non-Interest Income. Non-interest income increased $1,234,247 (36%) which was primarily due to two factors.
First, the Company executed a structured transaction selling approximately $4,000,000 of SBA guaranteed loans
and approximately $5,800,000 of investment securities for a combined gain of $488,000. With those proceeds, the Company
prepaid a $10,000,000 repurchase agreement (bearing annual interest of 2.61%) incurring a prepayment penalty of $463,992.
This prepayment has allowed the Company to significantly reduce higher cost, non-core funding liabilities on its balance
sheet and eliminate future annual interest expense of $261,000. This transaction has improved the Company’s cost of funds
as well as enhanced other liquidity and capital performance measurements.
46
FORM 10-K
Secondly, gains on sales of loans held for sale increased $589,394 (60%). This was primarily due to a stronger real
estate market and the Company’s increased activity in Federal Housing Administration lending compared to 2014.
Originations of mortgage loans held for sale were $56,515,986 during 2015 compared to $34,694,993 in 2014.
Non-Interest Expense. Non-interest expense increased $1,851,098 (12%). This increase was primarily due to a few
factors.
First, the Company paid a $463,992 prepayment penalty incurred on the prepayment of a repurchase agreement
(further discussed above).
Secondly, salaries and employee benefits increased $909,984 (10%) which was primarily due to the addition of
several key officers during 2015. The Company continues to strengthen its depth in the areas of technology, marketing,
commercial and retail production in order to position itself for future growth and expansion. Also impacting compensation
were mortgage commissions, which have increased due to the mortgage loan volume improvement noted above.
Other expenses that experienced increases were occupancy expense which increased $207,696 (12%) primarily due
to depreciation expense recognized on new equipment purchases in late fourth quarter 2014 and into 2015. Also, the Company
has increased its marketing efforts in 2015 and advertising expense increased $99,996 (24%).
Income Taxes. The provision for income taxes increased $348,821 (17%) over 2014 as a direct result of an increase
in taxable income and the Company’s increased utilization of state tax credits in 2014. Furthermore, effective during the first
quarter of 2015, the Company adopted Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards
Update (“ASU”) No. 2014-01 (see the section captioned “New Accounting Pronouncements” in Note 14 to the Notes to the
Consolidated Financial Statements in the report).
Cash Dividends Paid. The Company paid dividends of $0.05 per share on April 16, 2015 to stockholders of record
as of April 6, 2015, and $0.05 per share on July 16, 2015, to stockholders of record as of July 6, 2015, and $.05 per share on
October 15, 2015, to stockholders of record as of October 5, 2015 and also declared a cash dividend of $0.08 per share on
December 23, 2015, which was paid on January 16, 2016, to stockholders of record on January 5, 2016. During 2014, the
Company also paid $648,280 in dividends on common stock and $413,000 dividends on its preferred stock. During 2013, the
Company paid $600,000 in dividends on its then outstanding preferred stock.
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS - COMPARISON OF YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2014 AND DECEMBER 31,
2013
Average for the Year Shown
Ten-Year
Treasury
One-Year
Treasury
Prime
December 31, 2014 ....................................................
December 31, 2013 ....................................................
Change in rates ...........................................................
3.25%
3.25%
0.00%
2.54%
2.35%
0.19%
0.12%
0.13%
-0.01%
Interest Rates. The Bank charges borrowers and pays depositors interest rates that are largely a function of the
general level of interest rates. The above table sets forth the weekly average interest rates for the 52 weeks ending
December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 as reported by the Federal Reserve. The Bank typically indexes its adjustable
rate commercial loans to prime and its adjustable rate mortgage loans to the one-year treasury rate. The ten-year treasury rate
is a proxy for 30-year fixed rate home mortgage loans.
47
FORM 10-K
Rates were steady and remained low for 2014 as the FOMC left the discount rate at 25 basis points. As of
December 31, 2014, the prime rate was 3.25% and unchanged from December 31, 2013.
Interest Income. Total interest income decreased $841,184 (3%). The average balance of interest-earning assets
decreased $14,810,000 (2%) while the yield on average interest earning assets decreased 3 basis points to 4.25%.
Interest on loans decreased $630,791 (3%) and the average loan receivable balance increased $78,000 (less than
1%) while the average yield decreased 14 basis points to 4.99%. Strong competition is causing a reduction in rates for new
credits and to maintain existing credit relationships.
Interest Expense. Total interest expense decreased $768,189 (15%) as the average balance of interest-bearing
liabilities decreased $28,631,000 (5%) while the average cost of interest-bearing liabilities decreased 10 basis points to
0.84%.
Interest expense on deposits decreased $530,508 (19%) during 2014 as the average balance of interest bearing
deposits decreased $21,027,000 (5%) and the average interest rate paid to depositors decreased 9 basis points to 0.54%. The
primary reason for the decrease in the average cost of interest bearing deposits was the continued decline in higher cost
certificates of deposits as well as reductions in the average rate paid on transaction deposit balances.
Net Interest Income. The Company’s net interest income decreased $72,995 (less than 1%). During the year ended
December 31, 2014, the average balance of interest-earning assets exceeded the average balance of interest-bearing liabilities
by $75,033,000, resulting in an increase in the average net interest earning balance of $13,821,000 (23%). In addition, the
Company’s spread between the average yield on interest-earning assets and the average cost of interest-bearing liabilities
increased by 6 basis points from 3.34% to 3.40%.
Provision for Loan Losses. Provisions for loan losses are charged or credited to earnings to bring the total allowance
for loan losses to a level considered adequate by the Company to provide for potential loan losses in the existing loan
portfolio. When making its assessment, the Company considers prior loss experience, volume and type of lending, local
banking trends and impaired and past due loans in the Company’s loan portfolio. In addition, the Company considers general
economic conditions and other factors related to collectability of the Company’s loan portfolio.
Based on its internal analysis and methodology, management recorded a provision for loan losses of $1,275,000 and
$1,550,000 for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.
Generally, the overall decrease in the provision for loan losses for the year presented has resulted primarily from
declining historic loss rates, which are used to calculate the reserve for the homogenous pool of loans. The Company has also
experienced lower reserve requirements on newly classified nonperforming credits during the year. The Bank will continue
to monitor its allowance for loan losses and make future additions based on economic and regulatory conditions. Management
may need to increase the allowance for loan losses through charges to the provision for loan losses if anticipated growth in
the Bank’s loan portfolio increases or other circumstances warrant. See further discussions of the allowance for loan losses
under “Financial Condition”.
Non-Interest Income. Non-interest income decreased $1,901,007 (36%) which was primarily due to the Company
recognizing $1.4 million in gains on the sale of certain tax credit assets in conjunction with a structured transaction to prepay
a $15 million repurchase agreement during the year ended December 31, 2013.
Gains on sales of loans declined $462,715 (32%). This was primarily due to long-term interest rates increasing
significantly during 2013 and into the first quarter of 2014 which dramatically reduced consumer demand for long-term
secondary market mortgage loans throughout 2014.
48
FORM 10-K
Non-Interest Expense. Non-interest expense decreased $1,838,458 (10%). This decrease was primarily due to a $1.5
million prepayment penalty incurred on the prepayment of a repurchase agreement (further discussed above).
Salaries and employee benefits decreased $163,436 (2%) due to a decline in the overall number of staff compared
to the prior year periods and a decline in mortgage commissions from reduced mortgage volume.
FDIC deposit insurance premiums decreased $113,488 (20%). This decrease in FDIC deposit insurance premiums
was primarily due to the overall decline in the total assessment base.
Income Taxes. The decrease in income tax expense is a direct result of the Company’s decrease in taxable income
for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to the year ended December 31, 2013. Furthermore, the actual effective tax
rate (based on income before income taxes) also declined from the increased utilization of state low income housing tax
credits.
Cash Dividends Paid. The Company paid dividends of $0.05 per share on July 18, 2014 to stockholders of record as
of July 7, 2014, and $0.05 per share on October 17, 2014, to stockholders of record as of October 6, 2014, and also declared
a cash dividend of $0.05 per share on December 18, 2014, which was paid on January 16, 2015, to stockholders of record on
January 5, 2015. During 2014 and 2013, the Company also paid $413,000 and $600,000, respectively, in dividends on its
preferred stock.
LIQUIDITY
Liquidity refers to the ability to manage future cash flows to meet the needs of depositors and borrowers and fund
operations. Maintaining appropriate levels of liquidity allows the Company to have sufficient funds available for customer
demand for loans, withdrawal of deposit balances and maturities of deposits and other liabilities. The Company’s primary
sources of liquidity include cash and cash equivalents, available-for-sale securities, customer deposits and FHLB borrowings.
The Company also has established borrowing lines available from the Federal Reserve Bank which is considered a secondary
source of funds.
The Company’s most liquid assets are cash and cash equivalents, which are cash on hand, amounts due from
financial institutions, and certificates of deposit with other financial institutions that have an original maturity of three months
or less. The levels of such assets are dependent on the Bank’s operating, financing, and investment activities at any given
time. The Company’s cash and cash equivalents totaled $18,774,419 as of December 31, 2015 and $12,493,890 as of
December 31, 2014, representing an increase of $6,280,529. The variations in levels of cash and cash equivalents are
influenced by deposit flows and anticipated future deposit flows, which are subject to, and influenced by, many factors. The
Bank has $53,074,067 in certificates of deposit that are scheduled to mature in one year or less. Management anticipates that
the majority of these certificates will renew in the normal course of operations. Based on existing collateral as well as the
FHLB’s limitation of advances to 35% of assets, the Bank has the ability to borrow an additional $115,960,000 from the
FHLB, as of December 31, 2015. Based on existing collateral, the Bank has the ability to borrow $30,591,000 from the
Federal Reserve Bank as of December 31, 2015. The Bank plans to maintain its FHLB and Federal Reserve Bank borrowings
to a level that will provide a borrowing capacity sufficient to provide for contingencies. Management has many policies and
controls in place to attempt to manage the appropriate level of liquidity.
49
FORM 10-K
CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS
The Company meets the eligibility criteria of a small bank holding company in accordance with the Federal
Reserve's Small Bank Holding Company Policy Statement issued in February 2015, and is no longer obligated to report
consolidated regulatory capital. The Bank continues to be subject to various capital requirements administered by banking
agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can trigger certain mandatory and discretionary actions by regulators
that could have a direct material effect on the Company's financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines that involve
quantitative measures of their assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting
practices. The Bank's capital amounts and classifications are also subject to qualitative judgments by regulators about
components, risk weightings and other factors.
In July 2013, the Federal Reserve issued final rules that make technical changes to its capital rules to align them
with the Basel III regulatory capital framework and meet certain requirements of the Dodd-Frank Act. The final rules maintain
the general structure of the prompt corrective action framework in effect at such time while incorporating certain increased
minimum requirements. The final rules modified or left unchanged the components of regulatory capital, which are: (i) "total
capital", defined as core capital and supplementary capital less certain specified deductions from total capital such as
reciprocal holdings of depository institution capital instruments and equity investments; (ii) "Tier 1 capital," which consists
principally of common and certain qualifying preferred shareholders' equity (including grandfathered trust preferred
securities) as well as retained earnings, less certain intangibles and other adjustments; and (iii) "Tier 2 capital", which consists
of cumulative preferred stock, long-term perpetual preferred stock, a limited amount of subordinated and other qualifying
debt (including certain hybrid capital instruments), and a limited amount of the general loan loss allowance. The Federal
Reserve also has established a minimum leverage capital ratio of Tier 1 capital to average adjusted assets ("Tier 1 leverage
ratio").
Effective January 1, 2015, the final rules require the Bank to comply with the following minimum capital ratios: (i)
a new common equity Tier 1 capital ratio of 4.5% of risk-weighted assets; (ii) a Tier 1 capital ratio of 6.0% of risk-weighted
assets (increased from the prior requirement of 4.0%); (iii) a total capital ratio of 8.0% of risk-weighted assets (unchanged
from the prior requirement); and (iv) a leverage ratio of 4.0% of total assets (unchanged from the prior requirement). These
are the initial capital requirements, which will be phased in over a four-year period. When fully phased in on January 1, 2019,
the rules will require the Bank to maintain (i) a minimum ratio of common equity Tier 1 to risk-weighted assets of at least
4.5%, plus a 2.5% "capital conservation buffer" (which is added to the 4.5% common equity Tier 1 ratio as that buffer is
phased in, effectively resulting in a minimum ratio of common equity Tier 1 to risk-weighted assets of at least 7.0% upon
full implementation), (ii) a minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets of at least 6.0%, plus the 2.5% capital
conservation buffer (which is added to the 6.0% Tier 1 capital ratio as that buffer is phased in, effectively resulting in a
minimum Tier 1 capital ratio of 8.5% upon full implementation), (iii) a minimum ratio of total capital to risk-weighted assets
of at least 8.0%, plus the 2.5% capital conservation buffer (which is added to the 8.0% total capital ratio as that buffer is
phased in, effectively resulting in a minimum total capital ratio of 10.5% upon full implementation), and (iv) a minimum
leverage ratio of 4.0%, calculated as the ratio of Tier 1 capital to average assets.
Beginning January 1, 2016, the capital conservation buffer requirement will be phased in at 0.625% of risk-weighted
assets, increasing by the same amount each year until fully implemented at 2.5% on January 1, 2019. The capital conservation
buffer is designed to absorb losses during periods of economic stress. Banking institutions with a ratio of common equity
Tier 1 to risk-weighted assets above the minimum but below the conservation buffer will face constraints on dividends, equity
repurchases, and compensation based on the amount of the shortfall.
50
FORM 10-K
The Company’s Tier 1 capital position of $82,347,000 is 12.7% of average assets as of December 31, 2015. The
Company has an excess of $56,462,000, $58,944,000, and $41,110,000 of required regulatory levels of tangible, core, and
risk-based capital, respectively. In addition, under current regulatory guidelines, the Bank is classified as well capitalized.
See also additional information provided under the caption “Regulatory Matters” in Note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated
Financial Statements.
OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS
Various commitments and contingent liabilities arise in the normal course of business, which are not required to be
recorded on the balance sheet. The most significant of these are loan commitments, lines of credit and standby letters of
credit. Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition
established in the contract. As of December 31, 2015 and 2014, the Bank had outstanding commitments to originate loans of
approximately $4,218,000 and $2,483,000, respectively. Lines of credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there
is no violation of any condition established in the contract. As of December 31, 2015 and 2014, unused lines of credit to
borrowers aggregated approximately $68,066,000 and $47,599,000 for commercial lines and $14,461,000 and $13,859,000
for open-end consumer lines. Since a portion of the loan commitment and line of credit may expire without being drawn
upon, the total unused commitments and lines do not necessarily represent future cash requirements.
Standby letters of credit are irrevocable conditional commitments issued by the Bank to guarantee the performance
of a customer to a third party. The credit risk involved in issuing standby letters of credit is essentially the same as that
involved in extending loans to customers. The Bank had total outstanding standby letters of credit amounting to $12,135,000
and $15,965,000 as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. The commitments extend over varying periods of time.
In connection with the Company’s issuance of the Trust Preferred Securities and pursuant to two guarantee
agreements by and between the Company and Wilmington Trust Company, the Company issued a limited, irrevocable
guarantee of the obligations of each Trust under the Trust Preferred Securities whereby the Company has guaranteed any and
all payment obligations of the Trusts related to the Trust Preferred Securities including distributions on, and the liquidation
or redemption price of, the Trust Preferred Securities to the extent each Trust does not have funds available.
AGGREGATE CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS
The following table summarizes the Company’s fixed and determinable contractual obligations by payment date as
of December 31, 2015. Dollar amounts are expressed in thousands.
Payments Due By Period
Contractual Obligations
Total
or less
One Year One to
More than
Three Years Five Years Five Years
Three to
Deposits without stated maturity .......................... $
Time and brokered certificates of deposit ............
Other borrowings .................................................
FHLB and Federal Reserve advances ..................
Subordinated debentures ......................................
Operating leases ...................................................
Purchase obligations .............................................
Other long term obligations ..................................
Total .............................................................. $
401,837 $ 401,837 $
53,074
115,548
-
-
-
52,100
-
15,465
130
484
-
-
229
229
585,663 $ 455,270 $
- $
48,876
-
50,000
-
227
-
-
99,103 $
- $
11,464
-
2,100
-
114
-
-
13,678 $
-
2,134
-
-
15,465
13
-
-
17,612
51
FORM 10-K
IMPACT OF INFLATION AND CHANGING PRICES
The Company prepared the consolidated financial statements and related data presented herein in accordance with
accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America which require the measurement of financial position
and operating results in terms of historical dollars, without considering changes in the relative purchasing power of money
over time due to inflation.
Unlike most companies, the assets and liabilities of a financial institution are primarily monetary in nature. As a
result, interest rates have a more significant impact on a financial institution’s performance than the effects of general levels
of inflation. Interest rates do not necessarily move in the same direction or in the same magnitude as the price of goods and
services, since such prices are affected by inflation. In the current interest rate environment, liquidity and the maturity
structure of the Bank’s assets and liabilities are critical to the maintenance of acceptable performance levels.
CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations is based upon the
Company’s consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting
principles generally accepted in the United States of America. The preparation of these financial statements requires
management to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of
contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses
during the reported periods. On an on-going basis, management evaluates its estimates and judgments.
Management bases its estimates and judgments on historical experience and on various other factors that are believed
to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values
of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. There can be no assurance that actual results will not
differ from those estimates. If actual results are different than management’s judgments and estimates, the Company’s
financial results could change, and such change could be material to the Company.
Material estimates that are particularly susceptible to significant change in the near term relate to the determination
of the allowance for loan losses, the valuation of real estate acquired in connection with foreclosures or in satisfaction of
loans and fair values. In connection with the determination of the allowance for loan losses and the valuation of foreclosed
assets held for sale, management obtains independent appraisals for significant properties.
The Company has identified the accounting policies for the allowance for loan losses and related significant
estimates and judgments as critical to its business operations and the understanding of its results of operations. For a detailed
discussion on the application of these significant estimates and judgments and our accounting policies, also see Note 1 of the
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in this report.
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
ASSET / LIABILITY MANAGEMENT
The responsibility of managing and executing the Bank’s Asset Liability Policy falls to the Bank’s Asset/ Liability
Committee (ALCO.) ALCO seeks to manage interest rate risk so as to capture the highest net interest income, and to stabilize
that net interest income, through changing interest rate environments. Management attempts to position the Bank’s instrument
repricing characteristics in line with probable rate movements in order to minimize the impact of changing interest rates on
the Bank’s net interest income. Since the relative spread between financial assets and liabilities is constantly changing, the
Bank’s current net interest income may not be an indication of future net interest income.
52
FORM 10-K
The Bank has continued to emphasize the origination of commercial business and real estate, home equity, consumer
and adjustable-rate, one- to four-family residential loans while originating fixed-rate, one- to four-family residential loans
primarily for immediate resale in the secondary market. Management continually monitors the loan portfolio for the purpose
of product diversification and over concentration.
The Bank constantly monitors its deposits in an effort to prohibit them from adversely impacting the Bank’s interest
rate sensitivity. Rates of interest paid on deposits at the Bank are priced competitively in order to meet the Bank’s
asset/liability management objectives and spread requirements. As of December 31, 2015 and 2014, the Bank’s savings
accounts, checking accounts, and money market deposit accounts totaled $401,837,394 or 78% of its total deposits and
$358,836,495 or 75% of total deposits, respectively. The weighted average rate paid on these accounts decreased 2 basis
points from 0.32% on December 31, 2014 to 0.30% on December 31, 2015 primarily due to the Bank’s efforts to reprice its
retail and business accounts during 2015.
INTEREST RATE SENSITIVITY ANALYSIS
The following tables set forth as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, management’s estimates of the projected changes
in Economic Value of Equity (“EVE”) in the event of instantaneous and permanent increases and decreases in market interest
rates. Dollar amounts are expressed in thousands.
12/31/2015
BP Change
in Rates
+200 .......... $
+100 ..........
NC .............
-100 ...........
-200 ...........
12/31/2014
BP Change
in Rates
+200 .......... $
+100 ..........
NC .............
-100 ...........
-200 ...........
$ Amount
Estimated Net Portfolio Value
$ Change
% Change
NPV Ratio
Change
NPV as % of PV of Assets
67,444 $
71,312
77,285
75,723
83,783
(9,841)
(5,973)
-
(1,562)
6,498
-13%
-8%
0%
-2%
8%
10.61%
11.03%
11.72%
11.36%
12.38%
-1.10 %
-0.68 %
0.00 %
-0.35 %
0.66 %
$ Amount
Estimated Net Portfolio Value
$ Change
% Change
NPV Ratio
Change
NPV as % of PV of Assets
64,209 $
64,590
64,534
62,667
67,890
(325)
56
-
(1,867)
3,356
-1%
0%
0%
-3%
5%
10.39%
10.33%
10.19%
9.80%
10.53%
0.20 %
0.13 %
0.00 %
-0.39 %
0.34 %
Computations of prospective effects of hypothetical interest rate changes are based on an internally generated model
using actual maturity and repricing schedules for the Bank’s loans and deposits, and are based on numerous assumptions,
including relative levels of market interest rates, loan repayments and deposit run-offs, and should not be relied upon as
indicative of actual results. Further, the computations do not contemplate any actions the Bank may undertake in response to
changes in interest rates. All EVE and earnings projections are based on a point in time static balance sheet.
53
FORM 10-K
Management cannot predict future interest rates or their effect on the Bank’s EVE in the future. Certain shortcomings
are inherent in the method of analysis presented in the computation of EVE. For example, although certain assets and
liabilities may have similar maturities or periods to repricing, they may react in differing degrees to changes in market interest
rates. Additionally, certain assets, such as floating-rate loans, which represent the Bank’s primary loan product, have an initial
fixed rate period typically from one to five years and over the remaining life of the asset changes in the interest rate are
restricted. In addition, the proportion of adjustable-rate loans in the Bank’s loan portfolio could decrease in future periods
due to refinancing activity if market interest rates remain constant or decrease in the future. Further, in the event of a change
in interest rates, prepayment and early withdrawal levels could deviate significantly from those assumed in the table. Finally,
the ability of many borrowers to service their adjustable-rate debt may decrease in the event of an interest rate increase.
The Bank’s Board of Directors is responsible for reviewing the Bank’s asset and liability policies. The Bank’s
management is responsible for administering the policies and determinations of the Board of Directors with respect to the
Bank’s asset and liability goals and strategies. Management expects that the Bank’s asset and liability policies and strategies
will continue as described above so long as competitive and regulatory conditions in the financial institution industry and
market interest rates continue as they have in recent years.
54
FORM 10-K
Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
Guaranty Federal Bancshares, Inc.
Consolidated Balance Sheets
December 31, 2015 and 2014
December 31, December 31,
2015
2014
ASSETS
Cash and due from banks .............................................................................................................. $
Interest-bearing deposits in other financial institutions .................................................................
Cash and cash equivalents .........................................................................................................
Available-for-sale securities ..........................................................................................................
Held-to-maturity securities ............................................................................................................
Stock in Federal Home Loan Bank, at cost ...................................................................................
Mortgage loans held for sale .........................................................................................................
Loans receivable, net of allowance for loan losses at December 31, 2015 and 2014 - $5,811,940
3,561,272 $
15,213,147
18,774,419
97,292,487
43,099
2,837,500
1,902,933
3,604,316
8,889,574
12,493,890
86,467,985
60,993
3,156,900
1,214,632
and $6,588,597, respectively .....................................................................................................
491,001,907
486,586,636
Accrued interest receivable:
Loans .........................................................................................................................................
Investments and interest-bearing deposits .................................................................................
Prepaid expenses and other assets .................................................................................................
Foreclosed assets held for sale ......................................................................................................
Premises and equipment, net .........................................................................................................
Bank owned life insurance ............................................................................................................
Income taxes receivable ................................................................................................................
Deferred income taxes ..................................................................................................................
$
1,515,818
470,874
3,525,032
2,391,727
10,540,428
18,779,915
528,828
3,230,105
652,835,072 $
1,704,374
325,684
4,530,191
3,165,447
10,602,763
14,417,220
320,416
3,412,513
628,459,644
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
LIABILITIES
Deposits ........................................................................................................................................ $
Federal Home Loan Bank and Federal Reserve Bank advances ...................................................
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase ............................................................................
Subordinated debentures ...............................................................................................................
Advances from borrowers for taxes and insurance .......................................................................
Accrued expenses and other liabilities ..........................................................................................
Accrued interest payable ...............................................................................................................
517,385,695 $
52,100,000
-
15,465,000
190,853
1,074,957
196,102
586,412,607
479,818,282
60,350,000
10,000,000
15,465,000
143,984
963,386
242,145
566,982,797
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES ..........................................................................
-
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Capital Stock:
Series A preferred stock, $0.01 par value; authorized 2,000,000 shares; none issued and
outstanding .............................................................................................................................
-
-
-
Common stock, $0.10 par value; authorized 10,000,000 shares; issued December 31, 2015
and 2014 - 6,859,003 and 6,823,203 shares, respectively .....................................................
Additional paid-in capital ..............................................................................................................
Retained earnings, substantially restricted ....................................................................................
Accumulated other comprehensive loss Unrealized loss on available-for-sale securities, net of
income taxes; December 31, 2015 and 2014 - ($401,688) and ($263,358), respectively ..........
Treasury stock, at cost; December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 - 2,466,462 and 2,492,552
shares, respectively ...................................................................................................................
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
$
685,900
50,441,464
53,258,126
682,320
50,366,546
48,549,691
(683,956)
103,701,534
(448,421)
99,150,136
(37,279,069)
66,422,465
652,835,072 $
(37,673,289)
61,476,847
628,459,644
55
FORM 10-K
Guaranty Federal Bancshares, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Income
Years Ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013
Interest Income
Loans ............................................................................................. $
Investment securities .....................................................................
Other ..............................................................................................
Interest Expense
Deposits .........................................................................................
Federal Home Loan Bank advances ..............................................
Subordinated debentures ................................................................
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase ............................
Net Interest Income .........................................................................
Provision for Loan Losses ...............................................................
Net Interest Income After Provision for Loan Losses ..................
Noninterest Income
Service charges ..............................................................................
Gain on sale of investment securities ............................................
Gain on sale of mortgage loans held for sale .................................
Gain on sale of Small Busines Administration loans .....................
Gain on sale of state low-income housing tax credits ....................
Net loss on foreclosed assets .........................................................
Other income .................................................................................
Noninterest Expense
Salaries and employee benefits ......................................................
Occupancy .....................................................................................
FDIC deposit insurance premiums ................................................
Prepayment penalty on repurchase agreements .............................
Data processing ..............................................................................
Advertising ....................................................................................
Other expense ................................................................................
Income Before Income Taxes .........................................................
Provision for Income Taxes ............................................................
Net Income ....................................................................................... $
Preferred Stock Dividends and Discount Accretion .....................
Net Income Available to Common Shareholders .......................... $
2015
2014
Retrospectively
Adjusted - Note
14
2013
Retrospectively
Adjusted - Note
14
23,564,766 $
1,483,772
141,096
25,189,634
23,254,863 $
1,627,460
131,991
25,014,314
23,885,654
1,794,717
175,127
25,855,498
2,423,871
1,196,393
538,785
120,833
4,279,882
20,909,752
600,000
20,309,752
1,214,880
187,090
1,570,997
344,818
-
(164,663)
1,499,589
4,652,711
9,805,337
1,904,886
447,044
463,992
790,928
525,000
2,847,180
16,784,367
8,178,096
2,461,329
5,716,767 $
-
5,716,767 $
2,329,090
1,202,383
533,207
264,625
4,329,305
20,685,009
1,275,000
19,410,009
1,264,027
34,163
981,603
-
-
(213,239)
1,351,910
3,418,464
8,895,353
1,697,190
448,675
-
685,028
425,004
2,782,019
14,933,269
7,895,204
2,112,508
5,782,696 $
357,210
5,425,486 $
2,859,598
1,295,121
537,178
405,597
5,097,494
20,758,004
1,550,000
19,208,004
1,196,597
219,845
1,444,318
-
1,441,012
(275,223 )
1,292,922
5,319,471
9,058,789
1,752,162
562,163
1,510,000
687,630
425,004
2,775,979
16,771,727
7,755,748
2,516,041
5,239,707
794,520
4,445,187
Basic Income Per Common Share ................................................. $
Diluted Income Per Common Share .............................................. $
1.32 $
1.30 $
1.35 $
1.33 $
1.63
1.58
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
56
FORM 10-K
Guaranty Federal Bancshares, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income
Years Ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013
NET INCOME ................................................................................. $
OTHER ITEMS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS):
Change in unrealized gain (loss) on investment securities
2015
5,716,767 $
2014
5,782,696 $
2013
5,239,707
available-for-sale, before income taxes ......................................
(186,775)
3,300,555
(5,029,478 )
Less: Reclassification adjustment for realized gains on
investment securities included in net income, before income
taxes ...........................................................................................
Total other items in comprehensive income (loss) ........................
Income tax expense (credit) related to other items of
(187,090)
(373,865)
(34,163 )
3,266,392
(219,845 )
(5,249,323 )
comprehensive income ..............................................................
Other comprehensive income (loss) ..............................................
TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE INCOME ...................................... $
(138,330)
(235,535)
5,481,232 $
1,208,565
2,057,827
7,840,523 $
(1,942,249 )
(3,307,074 )
1,932,633
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
57
FORM 10-K
Guaranty Federal Bancshares, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
Years Ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net income ........................................................................................ $
Items not requiring (providing) cash:
Deferred income taxes ...................................................................
Depreciation ..................................................................................
Provision for loan losses ................................................................
Gain on sale of Small Business Administration loans ...................
Gain on sale of mortgage loans held for sale and investment
securities ....................................................................................
Loss on sale of foreclosed assets ...................................................
Gain on sale of state low-income housing tax credits ....................
Amortization of deferred income, premiums and discounts, net ...
Stock award plans ..........................................................................
Origination of loans held for sale ..................................................
Proceeds from sale of loans held for sale .......................................
Increase in cash surrender value of bank owned life insurance .....
Changes in:
2015
2014
2013
5,716,767 $
5,782,696 $
5,239,707
320,738
918,441
600,000
(344,818)
657,573
755,937
1,275,000
-
983,526
822,316
1,550,000
-
(1,758,087)
104,670
-
704,985
285,589
(56,515,986)
57,398,682
(362,695)
(1,015,766 )
131,840
-
825,906
242,189
(34,694,993 )
35,085,396
(373,523 )
Prepaid FDIC deposit insurance premiums ...................................
Accrued interest receivable ............................................................
Prepaid expenses and other assets .................................................
Accrued expenses and other liabilities ...........................................
Income taxes receivable/payable ...................................................
Net cash provided by operating activities ..................................
-
43,366
1,005,159
(69,305)
(208,412)
7,839,094
-
(177,417 )
1,006,688
(185,259 )
183,722
9,499,989
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Net change in loans ...........................................................................
Principal payments on held-to-maturity securities ............................
Principal payments on available-for-sale securities ..........................
Purchase of available-for-sale securities ...........................................
Proceeds from sales of available-for-sale securities ..........................
Proceeds from maturities of available-for-sale securities ..................
Purchase of premises and equipment ................................................
Proceeds from sale of state low-income housing tax credits .............
Purchase of bank owned life insurance .............................................
(Purchase) redemption of Federal Home Loan Bank stock ...............
Proceeds from sale of foreclosed assets held for sale ........................
Net cash used in investing activities ..........................................
(4,870,934)
17,894
10,445,669
(55,150,017)
33,059,741
-
(856,106)
-
(4,000,000)
319,400
797,876
(20,236,477)
(23,700,987 )
18,169
9,698,931
(40,823,180 )
41,759,062
3,151,000
(471,980 )
-
-
(271,800 )
657,431
(9,983,354 )
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
58
(1,664,163 )
163,161
(1,441,012 )
555,665
254,508
(49,231,796 )
53,871,439
(386,217 )
1,438,636
202,728
691,294
368,229
406,036
13,824,057
(1,304,007 )
101,880
10,582,593
(53,316,013 )
31,225,169
10,250,000
(422,626 )
1,441,012
-
920,400
436,783
(84,809 )
FORM 10-K
Guaranty Federal Bancshares, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
Years Ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013
2015
2014
2013
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Net increase (decrease) in demand deposits, NOW accounts and
savings accounts ............................................................................ $
Net decrease in certificates of deposit ...............................................
Net decrease in securities sold under agreements to repurchase .......
Proceeds from FHLB and Federal Reserve advances .......................
Repayments of FHLB and Federal Reserve advances .......................
Proceeds from issuance of common stock .........................................
Advances from (repayments to) borrowers for taxes and insurance .
Repurchase of stock warrants ............................................................
Redemption of preferred stock ..........................................................
Stock options exercised .....................................................................
Common and preferred cash dividends paid .....................................
Treasury stock purchased ..................................................................
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities .......................
43,000,898 $
(5,433,485)
(10,000,000)
-
(8,250,000)
-
46,869
-
-
187,129
(873,499)
-
18,677,912
(4,908,937 ) $
(2,591,720 )
-
8,000,000
(3,000,000 )
15,814,312
(5,684 )
-
(12,000,000 )
210,870
(844,786 )
-
674,055
13,745,911
(26,441,687 )
(15,000,000 )
3,000,000
(15,700,000 )
-
(3,199 )
(2,003,250 )
-
9,408
(600,000 )
(106,636 )
(43,099,453 )
INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH
EQUIVALENTS ..........................................................................
6,280,529
190,690
(29,360,205 )
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, BEGINNING OF YEAR
12,493,890
12,303,200
41,663,405
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, END OF YEAR ............... $
18,774,419 $
12,493,890 $
12,303,200
Supplemental Cash Flows Information
Real estate acquired in settlement of loans .................................... $
190,026 $
371,971 $
705,070
Interest paid ................................................................................... $
4,325,925 $
4,337,521 $
5,246,817
Income taxes paid, net of (refunds) ............................................... $
1,445,000 $
360,000 $
241,000
Sale and financing of foreclosed assets held for sale ..................... $
61,200 $
239,229 $
812,877
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
59
FORM 10-K
Balance, January 1, 2013 ..........................
Net income ...................................................
Change in unrealized gain (loss) on
available-for-sale securities, net of
income taxes of $1,942,249 .....................
Preferred stock discount accretion ..............
Preferred stock dividends (5%) ...................
Common stock warrants repurchased .........
Stock award plans ........................................
Stock options exercised ...............................
Treasury stock purchased ............................
Balance, December 31, 2013 .....................
Net income ...................................................
Change in unrealized gain (loss) on
available-for-sale securities, net of
income taxes of $1,208,565 .....................
Preferred stock redeemed ............................
Preferred stock discount accretion ..............
Preferred stock dividends (5%) ...................
Dividends on common stock ($0.15 per
share) ........................................................
Stock award plans ........................................
Stock options exercised ...............................
Proceeds from issuance of common stock ..
Balance, December 31, 2014 .....................
Net income ...................................................
Change in unrealized gain (loss) on
available-for-sale securities, net of
income taxes of $138,330 ........................
Dividends on common stock ($0.23 per
share) ........................................................
Stock award plans ........................................
Stock options exercised ...............................
Balance, December 31, 2015 ..................... $
Guaranty Federal Bancshares, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity
Years Ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013
Common
Stock
Preferred
Stock
11,789,276 678,180
-
-
Common
Stock
Warrants
1,377,811
-
Additional
Paid-In
Capital
58,267,529
-
Treasury
Stock
(61,369,344)
-
Retained
Earnings
39,324,292
5,239,707
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
Total
800,826 50,868,570
5,239,707
-
-
-
194,514
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
180
-
-
-
11,983,790 678,360
-
-
-
-
-
(1,377,811 )
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
(625,439)
3,713
9,228
-
57,655,031
-
-
-
-
-
250,795
-
(106,636)
(61,225,185)
-
-
(194,514)
(600,000)
-
-
-
-
43,769,485
5,782,696
(3,307,074)
-
-
-
-
-
-
(3,307,074)
-
(600,000)
(2,003,250)
254,508
9,408
(106,636)
(2,506,248) 50,355,233
5,782,696
-
-
(12,000,000)
16,210
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
3,960
-
-
-
- 682,320
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
3,580
-
- $ 685,900 $
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
(16,210)
(338,000)
2,057,827
2,057,827
- (12,000,000)
-
-
(338,000)
-
-
(644,722)
206,910
(6,850,673)
50,366,546
-
-
886,911
-
22,664,985
(37,673,289)
-
(648,280)
-
-
-
48,549,691
5,716,767
(648,280)
-
242,189
-
-
210,870
- 15,814,312
(448,421) 61,476,847
5,716,767
-
-
-
-
(235,535)
(235,535)
-
-
(108,631)
-
183,549
-
- $ 50,441,464 $
-
394,220
-
(1,008,332)
-
-
(37,279,069) $ 53,258,126 $
-
-
-
(1,008,332)
285,589
187,129
(683,956) $ 66,422,465
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
60
FORM 10-K
GUARANTY FEDERAL BANCSHARES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 1: NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Nature of Operations
The Company operates as a one-bank holding company. The Bank is primarily engaged in providing a full range of
banking and mortgage services to individual and corporate customers in southwest Missouri. The Bank is subject to
competition from other financial institutions. The Company and the Bank are also subject to the regulation of certain federal
and state agencies and receive periodic examinations by those regulatory authorities.
Principles of Consolidation
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiary, the
Bank. All significant intercompany profits, transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United
States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and
liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts
of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
Material estimates that are particularly susceptible to significant change in the near term relate to the determination
of the allowance for loan losses, the valuation of real estate acquired in connection with foreclosures or in satisfaction of
loans and fair values. In connection with the determination of the allowance for loan losses and the valuation of foreclosed
assets held for sale, management obtains independent appraisals for significant properties.
Securities
Certain debt securities that management has the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity are classified as “held
to maturity” and recorded at amortized cost. Securities not classified as held to maturity are classified as “available-for-sale”
and are carried at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses excluded from earnings and reported in other comprehensive
income. Purchase premiums are recognized in interest income using the interest method over the terms of the securities.
Gains and losses on the sale of securities are recorded on the trade date and are determined using the specific identification
method.
For debt securities with fair value below carrying value, when the Company does not intend to sell a debt security,
and it is more likely than not, the Company will not have to sell the security before a recovery of its cost basis, it recognizes
the credit component of an other-than-temporary impairment of a debt security in earnings and the remaining portion in other
comprehensive income. For held-to-maturity debt securities, the amount of an other-than-temporary impairment recorded in
other comprehensive income for the noncredit portion of a previous other-than-temporary impairment is amortized
prospectively over the remaining life of the security on the basis of the timing of future estimated cash flows of the security.
The Company’s consolidated statements of income reflect the full impairment (that is, the difference between the
security’s amortized cost basis and fair value) on debt securities that the Company intends to sell or would more likely than
not be required to sell before the expected recovery of the amortized cost basis. For available-for-sale and held-to-maturity
debt securities that management has no intent to sell and believes that it more likely than not will not be required to sell prior
to recovery, only the credit loss component of the impairment is recognized in earnings, while the noncredit loss is recognized
in accumulated other comprehensive income. The credit loss component recognized in earnings is identified as the amount
of principal cash flows not expected to be received over the remaining term of the security as projected based on cash flow
projections.
61
FORM 10-K
Mortgage Loans Held for Sale
Mortgage loans held for sale are carried at the lower of cost or fair value, determined using an aggregate basis.
Write-downs to fair value are recognized as a charge to earnings at the time a decline in value occurs. Forward commitments
to sell mortgage loans are sometimes acquired to reduce market risk on mortgage loans in the process of origination and
mortgage loans held for sale. Gains and losses resulting from sales of mortgage loans are recognized when the respective
loans are sold to investors. Gains and losses are determined by the difference between the selling price and the carrying
amounts of the loans sold, and are recorded in noninterest income. Direct loan origination costs and fees are deferred at
origination of the loan and are recognized in noninterest income upon sale of the loan.
Loans
For loans amortized at cost, interest income is accrued based on the unpaid principal balance. Loan origination fees
net of certain direct origination costs, are deferred and amortized as a level yield adjustment over the respective term of the
loan.
The accrual of interest on loans is discontinued at the time the loan is 90 days past due unless the credit is well-
secured and in process of collection. Past due status is based on contractual terms of the loan. In all cases, loans are placed
on nonaccrual or charged off at an earlier date if collection of principal or interest is considered doubtful.
All interest accrued but not collected for loans that are placed on nonaccrual or charged off is reversed against
interest income. The interest on these loans is accounted for on the cash-basis or cost-recovery method, until qualifying for
return to accrual. Loans are returned to accrual status when all the principal and interest amounts contractually due are brought
current and future payments are reasonably assured.
Allowance for Loan Losses
The allowance for loan losses is established as losses are estimated to have occurred through a provision for loan
losses charged to income. Loan losses are charged against the allowance when management believes the uncollectibility of a
loan balance is confirmed. Subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance.
The allowance for loan losses is evaluated on a regular basis by management and is based upon management’s
periodic review of the collectibility of the loans in light of historical experience, the nature and volume of the loan portfolio,
adverse situations that may affect the borrower’s ability to repay, estimated value of any underlying collateral and prevailing
economic conditions. This evaluation is inherently subjective as it requires estimates that are susceptible to significant
revision as more information becomes available.
The allowance consists of allocated and general components. The allocated component relates to loans that are
classified as impaired. For those loans that are classified as impaired, an allowance is established when the discounted cash
flows (or collateral value or observable market price) of the impaired loan is lower than the carrying value of that loan. The
general component covers nonclassified loans and is based on historical charge-off experience and expected loss given default
derived from the Bank’s internal risk rating process. Other adjustments may be made to the allowance for pools of loans after
an assessment of internal or external influences on credit quality that are not fully reflected in the historical loss or risk rating
data.
A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Bank will be
unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan
agreement. Factors considered by management in determining impairment include payment status, collateral value and the
probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest payments when due. Loans that experience insignificant payment
delays and payment shortfalls generally are not classified as impaired. Management determines the significance of payment
delays and payment shortfalls on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration all of the circumstances surrounding the loan
and the borrower, including the length of the delay, the reasons for the delay, the borrower’s prior payment record and the
amount of the shortfall in relation to the principal and interest owed. Impairment is measured on a loan-by-loan basis by
either the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, the loan’s obtainable
market price or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent.
62
FORM 10-K
Groups of loans with similar risk characteristics are collectively evaluated for impairment based on the group’s
historical loss experience adjusted for changes in trends, conditions and other relevant factors that affect repayment of the
loans.
Foreclosed Assets Held for Sale
Assets acquired through, or in lieu of, loan foreclosure are held for sale and are initially recorded at fair value less
costs to sell at the date of foreclosure, establishing a new cost basis. Subsequent to foreclosure, valuations are periodically
performed by management and the assets are carried at the lower of carrying amount or fair value less estimated costs to sell.
Revenue and expenses from operations and changes in the valuation allowance are included in net expenses from foreclosed
assets.
Premises and Equipment
Depreciable assets are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is charged to expense using the
straight-line and accelerated methods over the estimated useful lives of the assets. The estimated useful lives for each major
depreciable classification of premises and equipment are as follows:
Buildings and improvements (in years) ..................... 35 - 40
Furniture and fixtures and vehicles (in years) ........... 3 - 10
Bank Owned Life Insurance
Bank owned life insurance policies are carried at their cash surrender value. The Company recognizes tax-free
income from the periodic increases in cash surrender value of these policies and from death benefits.
Income Taxes
The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with income tax accounting guidance (ASC 740, Income
Taxes). The income tax accounting guidance results in two components of income tax expense: current and deferred. Current
income tax expense reflects taxes to be paid or refunded for the current period by applying the provisions of the enacted tax
law to the taxable income or excess of deductions over revenues. The Company determines deferred income taxes using the
liability (or balance sheet) method. Under this method, the net deferred tax asset or liability is based on the tax effects of the
differences between the book and tax bases of assets and liabilities, and enacted changes in tax rates and laws are recognized
in the period in which they occur.
Deferred income tax expense results from changes in deferred tax assets and liabilities between periods. Deferred
tax assets are recognized if it is more likely than not, based on the technical merits, that the tax position will be realized or
sustained upon examination. The term more likely than not means a likelihood of more than 50 percent; the terms examined
and upon examination also include resolution of the related appeals or litigation processes, if any. A tax position that meets
the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold is initially and subsequently measured as the largest amount of tax benefit that
has a greater than 50 percent likelihood of being realized upon settlement with a taxing authority that has full knowledge of
all relevant information. The determination of whether or not a tax position has met the more-likely-than-not recognition
threshold considers the facts, circumstances and information available at the reporting date and is subject to management’s
judgment. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance if, based on the weight of evidence available, it is more
likely than not that some portion or all of a deferred tax asset will not be realized.
The Company recognizes interest and penalties on income taxes as a component of income tax expense.
The Company files consolidated income tax returns with its subsidiary. With a few exceptions, the Company is no
longer subject to U.S. federal or state income tax examinations by tax authorities for years before 2012.
63
FORM 10-K
Cash Equivalents
The Company considers all liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less to be cash equivalents.
At December 31, 2015 and 2014 cash equivalents consisted of interest-bearing deposits and money market accounts.
Restriction on Cash and Due From Banks
The Company is required to maintain reserve funds in cash and/or on deposit with the Federal Reserve Bank. The
reserve required on December 31, 2015 and 2014, was $0 and $5,271,000, respectively.
Comprehensive Income
Comprehensive income consists of net income and other comprehensive income (loss), net of applicable income
taxes. Other comprehensive income (loss) includes unrealized gain (loss) on available-for-sale securities, unrealized gain
(loss) on available-for-sale securities for which a portion of an other-than-temporary impairment has been recognized in
income and unrealized gain (loss) on held-to-maturity securities for which a portion of an other-than-temporary impairment
has been recognized in income.
Regulatory Matters
The Bank is subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Failure
to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary actions by
regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct and material effect on the Company's consolidated financial statements.
Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Bank must meet specific
capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of assets, liabilities and certain off-balance-sheet items as calculated
under regulatory accounting practices. The capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the
regulators about components, risk weightings and other factors. Furthermore, the Company’s regulators could require
adjustments to regulatory capital not reflected in these financial statements.
Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Bank to maintain minimum
amounts and ratios (set forth in the table below). Management believes, as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, that the Bank
met all capital adequacy requirements to which it is subject.
As of December 31, 2015, the most recent notification from the Missouri Division of Finance and the Federal
Deposit Insurance Corporation categorized the Bank as well capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective
action. To be categorized as well capitalized the Bank must maintain minimum total risk-based, Tier I risk-based, Tier I
leverage and Common Equity Tier 1 risk-based ratios as set forth in the following table. There are no conditions or events
since that notification that management believes have changed the Bank’s category.
The Bank's actual capital amounts and ratios are also presented in the table. No amount was deducted from capital
for interest-rate risk. Dollar amounts are expressed in thousands.
64
FORM 10-K
Actual
Amount Ratio
Adequacy Purposes
Amount Ratio
Action Provisions
Amount Ratio
For Capital
To Be Well Capitalized
Under Prompt Corrective
As of December 31, 2015
Tier 1 (core) capital, and ratio to
adjusted total assets
Bank ........................................... $
Tier 1 (core) capital, and ratio to
risk-weighted assets
Bank .......................................... $
Total risk-based capital, and ratio
to risk-weighted assets
Bank .......................................... $
Common equity tier 1 capital ratio
to risk-weighted assets
Bank .......................................... $
78,635
12.2% $
25,844
4.0% $
32,305
5.0 %
78,635
13.4% $
35,105
6.0% $
46,806
8.0 %
84,447
14.4% $
46,806
8.0% $
58,508
10.0 %
78,635
13.4% $
26,329
4.5% $
38,030
6.5 %
Actual
Amount Ratio
Adequacy Purposes
Amount Ratio
Action Provisions
Amount Ratio
For Capital
To Be Well Capitalized
Under Prompt Corrective
As of December 31, 2014
Tier 1 (core) capital, and ratio to
adjusted total assets
Company .................................... $
Bank .......................................... $
Tier 1 (core) capital, and ratio to
risk-weighted assets
Company .................................... $
Bank .......................................... $
Total risk-based capital, and ratio
to risk-weighted assets
Company .................................... $
Bank .......................................... $
76,927
72,076
12.3% $
11.5% $
25,020
24,966
4.0%
4.0% $
n/a
31,208
n/a
5.0 %
76,927
72,076
14.7% $
13.8% $
20,928
20,914
4.0%
4.0% $
n/a
31,371
n/a
6.0 %
83,463
78,612
16.0% $
15.0% $
41,856
41,828
8.0%
8.0% $
n/a
52,285
n/a
10.0 %
The amount of dividends that the Bank may pay is subject to various regulatory limitations. As of December 31,
2015 and 2014 the Bank exceeded the minimum capital requirements. The Bank may not pay dividends which would reduce
capital below the minimum requirements shown above.
Segment Information
The principal business of the Company is overseeing the business of the Bank. The Company has no significant
assets other than its investment in the Bank. The banking operation is the Company’s only reportable segment. The banking
segment is principally engaged in the business of originating mortgage loans secured by one-to-four family residences, multi-
family, construction, commercial and consumer loans. These loans are funded primarily through the attraction of deposits
from the general public, borrowings from the Federal Home Loan Bank and brokered deposits. Selected information is not
presented separately for the Company’s reportable segment, as there is no material difference between that information and
the corresponding information in the consolidated financial statements.
65
FORM 10-K
General Litigation
The Company and the Bank, from time to time, may be parties to ordinary routine litigation, which arises in the
normal course of business, such as claims to enforce liens, and condemnation proceedings, on properties in which the Bank
holds security interests, claims involving the making and servicing of real property loans, and other issues incident to the
business of the Company and the Bank. After reviewing pending and threatened litigation with legal counsel, management
believes that as of December 31, 2015, the outcome of any such litigation will not have a material adverse effect on the
Company’s financial position or results of operations.
Earnings Per Common Share
The computation for earnings per common share for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 is as
follows:
Year Ended
December 31,
2015
Year Ended
December 31,
2014
Year Ended
December 31,
2013
Net income available to common shareholders ............................ $
Weighted average common shares outstanding ............................
Effect of dilutive securities ..........................................................
Weighted average diluted shares outstanding ..............................
Basic income per common share .................................................. $
Diluted income per common share ............................................... $
5,716,767 $
4,333,418
55,931
4,389,349
1.32 $
1.30 $
5,425,486 $
4,006,461
68,040
4,074,501
1.35 $
1.33 $
4,445,187
2,733,969
79,646
2,813,615
1.63
1.58
Stock options to purchase 88,500, 131,500 and 154,000 shares of common stock were outstanding during the years
ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively, but were not included in the computation of diluted income per
common share because their exercise price was greater than the average market price of the common shares.
NOTE 2: SECURITIES
The amortized cost and approximate fair values, together with gross unrealized gains and losses, of securities
classified as available-for-sale are as follows:
Amortized
Cost
Gross
Unrealized
Gains
Gross
Unrealized
(Losses)
Approximate
Fair Value
As of December 31, 2015
Equity Securities ......................................................................... $
Debt Securities:
102,212 $
10,081 $
(12,776) $
99,517
U. S. government agencies ...................................................... 8,533,885
Municipals ............................................................................... 31,132,635
Corporates ................................................................................ 3,965,719
Government sponsored mortgage-backed securities and SBA
-
302,335
-
(137,101) 8,396,784
(85,808) 31,349,162
(152,019) 3,813,700
loan pools ......................................................................... 54,643,681
13,764 (1,024,121) 53,633,324
$ 98,378,132 $ 326,180 $ (1,411,825) $ 97,292,487
66
FORM 10-K
Amortized
Cost
Gross
Unrealized
Gains
Gross
Unrealized
(Losses)
Approximate
Fair Value
As of December 31, 2014
Equity Securities ......................................................................... $
Debt Securities:
102,212 $
16,121 $
(13,310) $
105,023
U. S. government agencies ...................................................... 10,528,055
Municipals ............................................................................... 15,474,316
Government sponsored mortgage-backed securities and SBA
-
185,747
(271,282) 10,256,773
(70,173) 15,589,890
loan pools ............................................................................. 61,075,181
(794,859) 60,516,299
$87,179,764 $ 437,845 $ (1,149,624) $ 86,467,985
235,977
Maturities of available-for-sale debt securities as of December 31, 2015:
Within 1 year ................................................................................................................... $
1-5 years ..........................................................................................................................
5-10 years ........................................................................................................................
After ten years .................................................................................................................
Government sponsored mortgage-backed securities and SBA loan pools not due on a
Amortized
Cost
Approximate
Fair Value
285,000 $
4,726,452
16,144,447
22,476,340
285,359
4,701,831
16,134,279
22,438,177
single maturity date .....................................................................................................
$
54,643,681
98,275,920 $
53,633,324
97,192,970
The amortized cost and approximate fair values, together with gross unrealized gains and losses, of securities
classified as held to maturity are as follows:
As of December 31, 2015
Debt Securities:
Government sponsored mortgage-backed securities ................ $
43,099 $
836 $
- $
43,935
Amortized
Cost
Gross
Unrealized
Gains
Gross
Unrealized
(Losses)
Approximate
Fair Value
As of December 31, 2014
Debt Securities:
Government sponsored mortgage-backed securities ................ $
60,993 $
1,626 $
- $
62,619
Amortized
Cost
Gross
Unrealized
Gains
Gross
Unrealized
(Losses)
Approximate
Fair Value
67
FORM 10-K
Maturities of held-to-maturity securities as of December 31, 2015:
Amortized
Cost
Approximate
Fair Value
Government sponsored mortgage-backed securities not due on a single maturity
date ........................................................................................................................... $
43,099 $
43,935
The carrying value of securities pledged as collateral, to secure public deposits and for other purposes, amounted to
$52,095,842 and $52,907,065 as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.
Gross gains of $205,909, $320,888 and $418,990 and gross losses of $18,819, $286,725 and $199,145 resulting
from sale of available-for-sale securities were realized for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.
The tax effect of these net gains was $69,223, $12,640 and $81,343 in 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.
The Company evaluates all securities quarterly to determine if any unrealized losses are deemed to be other than
temporary. Certain investment securities are valued less than their historical cost. These declines are primarily the result of
the rate for these investments yielding less than current market rates, or declines in stock prices of equity securities. Based
on evaluation of available evidence, management believes the declines in fair value for these securities are temporary. It is
management’s intent to hold the debt securities to maturity or until recovery of the unrealized loss. Should the impairment of
any of these debt securities become other than temporary, the cost basis of the investment will be reduced and the resulting
loss recognized in net income in the period the other-than-temporary impairment is identified, to the extent the loss is related
to credit issues, and to other comprehensive income to the extent the decline on debt securities is related to other factors and
the Company does not intend to sell the security prior to recovery of the unrealized loss.
No securities were written down for other-than-temporary impairment during the years ended December 31, 2015,
2014 and 2013.
Certain other investments in debt and equity securities are reported in the consolidated financial statements at an
amount less than their historical cost. Total fair value of these investments at December 31, 2015 and 2014, was $68,123,480
and $60,733,191, respectively, which is approximately 70% of the Company’s investment portfolio. These declines primarily
resulted from changes in market interest rates and failure of certain investments to meet projected earnings targets.
68
FORM 10-K
The following table shows gross unrealized losses and fair value, aggregated by investment category and length of
time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position at December 31, 2015 and 2014.
Description of Securities
Fair Value
Unrealized
Losses
Fair Value
Unrealized
Losses
Fair Value
Unrealized
Losses
Less than 12 Months
12 Months or More
Total
December 31, 2015
Equity Securities .......................... $
- $
U. S. government agencies ........... 6,399,920
Municipals .................................... 6,167,019
Corporates .................................... 1,675,500
Government sponsored mortgage-
backed securities and SBA loan
pools .......................................... 33,072,102
- $
35,151 $
(83,965) 1,996,864
715,410
(70,266)
(79,708) 2,138,200
(12,776) $
35,151 $
(53,136) 8,396,784
(15,542) 6,882,429
(72,311) 3,813,700
(12,776 )
(137,101 )
(85,808 )
(152,019 )
(530,256) 48,995,416 (1,024,121 )
$47,314,541 $ (727,804) $ 20,808,939 $ (684,021) $ 68,123,480 $ (1,411,825 )
(493,865) 15,923,314
December 31, 2014
Description of Securities
Fair Value
Unrealized
Losses
Fair Value
Unrealized
Losses
Fair Value
Unrealized
Losses
Less than 12 Months
12 Months or More
Total
- $
$
Equity Securities
U. S. government agencies ...........
-
Municipals .................................... 2,677,626
Government sponsored mortgage-
backed securities and SBA loan
pools ......................................... 12,703,301
$15,380,927 $
34,618 $
- $
- 10,256,773
(7,692) 5,859,560
34,618 $
(13,310) $
(271,282) 10,256,773
(62,481) 8,537,186
(13,310)
(271,282)
(70,173)
(794,859)
(70,049) 29,201,313
(77,741) $ 45,352,264 $ (1,071,883) $60,733,191 $ (1,149,624)
(724,810) 41,904,614
NOTE 3: LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES
Categories of loans at December 31, 2015 and 2014 include:
December 31,
2015
2014
Real estate - residential mortgage:
One to four family units ....................................................................................... $
Multi-family .........................................................................................................
Real estate - construction ............................................................................................
Real estate - commercial .............................................................................................
Commercial loans .......................................................................................................
Consumer and other loans ...........................................................................................
Total loans ............................................................................................................
Less:
Allowance for loan losses ...........................................................................................
Deferred loan fees/costs, net .......................................................................................
Net loans .............................................................................................................. $
98,257,417 $
41,603,670
45,462,895
208,824,573
81,006,897
21,991,881
497,147,333
97,900,814
33,785,959
36,784,584
215,605,054
92,114,216
17,246,437
493,437,064
(5,811,940)
(333,486)
491,001,907 $
(6,588,597)
(261,831)
486,586,636
69
FORM 10-K
Classes of loans by aging at December 31, 2015 and 2014 were as follows:
As of December 31, 2015
30-59
Days
Past Due
60-89
Days
Past Due
Greater
Than
90 Days
Total
Past
Due
(In Thousands)
Current
Total
Loans >
90 Days
and
Accruing
Total
Loans
Receivable
Real estate - residential mortgage:
One to four family units ............ $
Multi-family ..............................
Real estate - construction .................
Real estate - commercial ..................
Commercial loans .............................
Consumer and other loans ................
Total .............................................. $
As of December 31, 2014
- $
-
-
-
88
2
90 $
168 $
-
-
-
-
8
105 $
-
-
1,079
1,239
-
176 $ 2,423 $
- 41,604
- 45,463
273 $ 97,984 $ 98,257 $
41,604
45,463
1,079 207,745 208,824
81,007
1,327 79,680
21,992
10 21,982
2,689 $ 494,458 $ 497,147 $
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
30-59
Days
Past Due
60-89
Days
Past Due
Greater
Than
90 Days
Total
Past
Due
(In Thousands)
Total
Loans
Receivable
Current
Total
Loans >
90 Days
and
Accruing
Real estate - residential mortgage:
One to four family units ............ $
Multi-family ..............................
Real estate - construction .................
Real estate - commercial ..................
Commercial loans .............................
Consumer and other loans ................
Total .............................................. $
113 $
-
-
-
-
23
136 $
428 $
-
-
-
-
35
463 $
279 $
-
-
-
227
-
506 $
820 $ 97,081 $ 97,901 $
33,786
- 33,786
- 36,785
36,785
- 215,605 215,605
92,114
17,246
1,105 $ 492,332 $ 493,437 $
227 91,887
58 17,188
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Nonaccruing loans are summarized as follows:
Real estate - residential mortgage:
One to four family units ........................................................................... $
Multi-family .............................................................................................
Real estate - construction ................................................................................
Real estate - commercial .................................................................................
Commercial loans ............................................................................................
Consumer and other loans ...............................................................................
Total ............................................................................................................. $
December 31,
2015
2014
2,272,535 $
-
8,079,807
1,240,909
2,149,333
12,891
13,755,475 $
911,240
-
2,892,772
459,823
1,026,772
-
5,290,607
70
FORM 10-K
The following tables present the activity in the allowance for loan losses and the recorded investment in loans based
on portfolio segment and impairment method as of and for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013:
As of December 31, 2015
Construction
Commercial
Real Estate
One to
four family
Multi-
family
Commercial
Consumer
and Other
Unallocated
Total
(In Thousands)
Allowance for loan losses:
Balance, beginning of year .... $
Provision charged to
expense ...........................
Losses charged off ............
Recoveries .........................
Balance, end of year .............. $
Ending balance: individually
evaluated for impairment .. $
Ending balance: collectively
1,330 $
1,992 $
900 $
127 $
1,954 $
185 $
101 $
6,589
1,139
(1,233)
10
1,246 $
(466)
-
-
1,526 $
-
(99)
20
821 $
50
-
-
177 $
(576)
-
4
1,382 $
117
(119)
40
223 $
336 $
- $
- $
437 $
600
(1,451)
74
5,812
540 $
- $
- $
- $
312 $
13 $
- $
865
evaluated for impairment .. $
706 $
1,526 $
821 $
177 $
1,070 $
210 $
437 $
4,947
Loans:
Ending balance: individually
evaluated for impairment .. $
8,080 $
1,241 $
2,272 $
- $
2,149 $
988 $
- $
14,730
Ending balance: collectively
evaluated for impairment .. $
37,383 $
207,583 $
95,985 $
41,604 $
78,858 $
21,004 $
- $ 482,417
As of December 31, 2014
Construction
Commercial
Real Estate
One to
four family
Multi-
family
Commercial
Consumer
and Other
Unallocated
Total
(In Thousands)
Allowance for loan losses:
Balance, beginning of year ... $
Provision charged to
expense ..........................
Losses charged off ...........
Recoveries ........................
Balance, end of year .............. $
Ending balance: individually
evaluated for impairment .. $
Ending balance: collectively
2,387 $
2,059 $
997 $
209 $
1,519 $
272 $
359 $
7,802
(651)
(411)
5
1,330 $
(157)
(9)
99
1,992 $
21
(127)
9
900 $
(82)
-
-
127 $
2,388
(2,018)
65
1,954 $
14
(150)
49
185 $
(258) $
- $
- $
101 $
1,275
(2,715)
227
6,589
376 $
158 $
36 $
- $
203 $
12 $
- $
785
evaluated for impairment .. $
954 $
1,834 $
864 $
127 $
1,751 $
173 $
101 $
5,804
Loans:
Ending balance: individually
evaluated for impairment .. $
2,893 $
460 $
847 $
- $
1,027 $
801 $
- $
6,028
Ending balance: collectively
evaluated for impairment .. $
33,892 $
215,145 $
97,054 $
33,786 $
91,087 $
16,445 $
- $ 487,409
As of December 31, 2013
Construction
Commercial
Real Estate
One to
four family
Multi-
family
Commercial
Consumer
and Other
Unallocated
Total
(In Thousands)
Allowance for loan losses:
Balance, beginning of year .... $
Provision charged to
expense ...........................
Losses charged off ............
Recoveries .........................
Balance, end of year .............. $
Ending balance: individually
evaluated for impairment .. $
Ending balance: collectively
2,525 $
2,517 $
1,316 $
284 $
1,689 $
255 $
154 $
8,740
691
(879)
50
2,387 $
(181)
(277)
-
2,059 $
(203)
(139)
23
997 $
(75)
-
-
209 $
988
(1,268)
110
1,519 $
125
(164)
56
272 $
205 $
- $
- $
359 $
1,550
(2,727)
239
7,802
890 $
- $
8 $
- $
601 $
102 $
- $
1,601
evaluated for impairment .. $
1,497 $
2,059 $
989 $
209 $
918 $
170 $
359 $
6,201
Loans:
Ending balance: individually
evaluated for impairment .. $
4,530 $
3,663 $
886 $
- $
6,776 $
316 $
- $
16,171
Ending balance: collectively
evaluated for impairment .. $
38,736 $
175,417 $
92,912 $
46,188 $
85,946 $
16,987 $
- $ 456,186
71
FORM 10-K
A loan is considered impaired, in accordance with the impairment accounting guidance (ASC-310-10-35-16), when
based on current information and events, it is probable the Bank will be unable to collect all amounts due from the borrower
in accordance with the contractual terms of the loan. Impaired loans include nonperforming commercial loans but also include
loans modified in troubled debt restructurings where concessions have been granted to borrowers experiencing financial
difficulties. These concessions could include a reduction in the interest rate on the loan, payment extensions, forgiveness of
principal, forbearance or other actions intended to maximize collection.
The following summarizes impaired loans as of and for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014:
As of December 31, 2015
Recorded
Balance
Unpaid
Principal
Balance
Specific
Allowance
(In Thousands)
Average
Investment
in Impaired
Loans
Interest
Income
Recognized
Loans without a specific valuation
allowance
Real estate - residential mortgage:
One to four family units ......................... $
Multi-family ..........................................
Real estate - construction ..........................
Real estate - commercial ...........................
Commercial loans ......................................
Consumer and other loans .........................
Loans with a specific valuation
allowance
Real estate - residential mortgage:
One to four family units ......................... $
Multi-family ..........................................
Real estate - construction ..........................
Real estate - commercial ...........................
Commercial loans ......................................
Consumer and other loans .........................
Total
Real estate - residential mortgage:
One to four family units ......................... $
Multi-family ..........................................
Real estate - construction ..........................
Real estate - commercial ...........................
Commercial loans ......................................
Consumer and other loans .........................
Total .......................................................... $
2,272 $
-
5,730
1,241
1,538
904
2,272 $
-
5,730
1,241
1,538
904
- $
-
2,350
-
611
84
2,272 $
-
8,080
1,241
2,149
988
14,730 $
- $
-
4,838
-
914
84
2,272 $
-
10,568
1,241
2,452
988
17,521 $
- $
-
-
-
-
-
- $
-
540
-
312
13
- $
-
540
-
312
13
865 $
1,270 $
-
1,636
234
665
88
228 $
-
3,255
-
616
118
1,498 $
-
4,891
234
1,281
206
8,110 $
3
-
-
-
-
1
-
-
-
-
-
-
3
-
-
-
-
1
4
72
FORM 10-K
As of December 31, 2014
Loans without a specific valuation
allowance
Real estate - residential mortgage:
One to four family units ......................... $
Multi-family ..........................................
Real estate - construction ...........................
Real estate - commercial ............................
Commercial loans .......................................
Consumer and other loans ..........................
Loans with a specific valuation
allowance
Real estate - residential mortgage:
One to four family units .......................... $
Multi-family ...........................................
Real estate - construction ...........................
Real estate - commercial ............................
Commercial loans .......................................
Consumer and other loans ..........................
Total
Real estate - residential mortgage:
One to four family units .......................... $
Multi-family ...........................................
Real estate - construction ...........................
Real estate - commercial ............................
Commercial loans .......................................
Consumer and other loans ..........................
Total ........................................................... $
Recorded
Balance
Unpaid
Principal
Balance
Specific
Allowance
(In Thousands)
Average
Investment
in Impaired
Loans
Interest
Income
Recognized
632 $
-
74
-
341
-
279 $
-
2,819
460
685
91
911 $
-
2,893
460
1,026
91
5,381 $
632 $
-
74
-
341
-
279 $
-
4,074
460
988
91
911 $
-
4,148
460
1,329
91
6,939 $
- $
-
-
-
-
-
36 $
-
376
158
203
12
36 $
-
376
158
203
12
785 $
692 $
35
84
204
1,924
-
322 $
-
3,554
441
1,175
234
1,014 $
35
3,638
645
3,099
234
8,665 $
2
-
-
-
198
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
2
-
-
-
198
-
200
Interest of approximately $46,000 was recognized on average impaired loans of $17,244,000 for the year ended
December 31, 2013.
At December 31, 2015, the Bank’s impaired loans shown in the table above included loans that were classified as
troubled debt restructurings (TDR). The restructuring of a loan is considered a TDR if both (i) the borrower is experiencing
financial difficulties and (ii) the creditor has granted a concession.
In assessing whether or not a borrower is experiencing financial difficulties, the Bank considers information
currently available regarding the financial condition of the borrower. This information includes, but is not limited to, whether
(i) the debtor is currently in payment default on any of its debt; (ii) a payment default is probable in the foreseeable future
without the modification; (iii) the debtor has declared or is in the process of declaring bankruptcy and (iv) the debtor’s
projected cash flow is sufficient to satisfy the contractual payments due under the original terms of the loan without a
modification.
The Bank considers all aspects of the modification to loan terms to determine whether or not a concession has been
granted to the borrower. Key factors considered by the Bank include the debtor’s ability to access funds at a market rate for
debt with similar risk characteristics, the significance of the modification relative to unpaid principal balance or collateral
value of the debt, and the significance of a delay in the timing of payments relative to the original contractual terms of the
loan. The most common concessions granted by the Bank generally include one or more modifications to the terms of the
debt, such as (i) a reduction in the interest rate for the remaining life of the debt, (ii) an extension of the maturity date at an
interest rate lower than the current market rate for new debt with similar risk, (iii) a reduction of the face amount or maturity
amount of the debt as stated in the original loan, (iv) a temporary period of interest-only payments, (v) a reduction in accrued
interest, and (vi) an extension of amortization.
73
FORM 10-K
The following summarizes information regarding new troubled debt restructurings by class:
2015
Number of Loans
Pre-Modification
Outstanding
Recorded Balance
Post-Modification
Outstanding
Recorded Balance
Real estate - residential mortgage:
One to four family units .................................................
Multi-family ...................................................................
Real estate - construction ......................................................
Real estate - commercial .......................................................
Commercial loans ..................................................................
Consumer and other loans .....................................................
Total ...................................................................................
7 $
-
5
1
3
-
16 $
1,345,358 $
-
6,889,044
161,491
750,849
-
9,146,742 $
2014
1,345,358
-
5,655,969
161,491
771,557
-
7,934,375
Number of Loans
Pre-Modification
Outstanding
Recorded Balance
Post-Modification
Outstanding
Recorded Balance
Real estate - residential mortgage:
One to four family units .................................................
Multi-family ...................................................................
Real estate - construction ......................................................
Real estate - commercial .......................................................
Commercial loans ..................................................................
Consumer and other loans .....................................................
Total ...................................................................................
1 $
-
-
-
2
-
3 $
287,500 $
-
-
-
831,026
-
1,118,526 $
287,500
-
-
-
831,026
-
1,118,526
The troubled debt restructurings described above increased the allowance for loan losses by $0 and $239,724 and
resulted in charge offs of $1,233,075 and $303,345 during the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.
74
FORM 10-K
The following presents the troubled debt restructurings by type of modification:
Interest Rate
Term
Combination
Total
Modification
2015
Real estate - residential mortgage:
One to four family units ............................................... $
Multi-family .................................................................
Real estate - construction ....................................................
Real estate - commercial .....................................................
Commercial loans ................................................................
Consumer and other loans ...................................................
Total ................................................................................. $
- $
-
-
-
-
-
- $
- $ 1,345,358 $ 1,345,358
-
-
-
- 5,655,969 5,655,969
161,491
-
771,557
310,500
-
-
310,500 $ 7,623,875 $ 7,934,375
161,491
461,057
-
Interest Rate
Term
Combination
Total
Modification
2014
Real estate - residential mortgage:
One to four family units ............................................... $
Multi-family .................................................................
Real estate - construction ....................................................
Real estate - commercial .....................................................
Commercial loans ................................................................
Consumer and other loans ...................................................
Total ................................................................................. $
- $
-
-
-
-
-
- $
287,500
287,500 $
- $
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
831,026
831,026
-
-
-
-
- $ 1,118,526 $ 1,118,526
As part of the on-going monitoring of the credit quality of the Bank’s loan portfolio, management tracks loans by
an internal rating system. All loans are assigned an internal credit quality rating based on an analysis of the borrower’s
financial condition. The criteria used to assign quality ratings to extensions of credit that exhibit potential problems or well-
defined weaknesses are primarily based upon the degree of risk and the likelihood of orderly repayment, and their effect on
the Bank’s safety and soundness. The following are the internally assigned ratings:
Pass-This rating represents loans that have strong asset quality and liquidity along with a multi-year track record of
profitability.
Special mention-This rating represents loans that are currently protected but are potentially weak. The credit risk
may be relatively minor, yet constitute an increased risk in light of the circumstances surrounding a specific loan.
Substandard-This rating represents loans that show signs of continuing negative financial trends and unprofitability
and therefore, is inadequately protected by the current sound worth and paying capacity of the obligor or of the collateral
pledged, if any.
Doubtful-This rating represents loans that have all the weaknesses of substandard classified loans with the additional
characteristic that the weaknesses make collection or liquidation in full, on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions
and values, highly questionable and improbable.
Risk characteristics applicable to each segment of the loan portfolio are described as follows.
Real estate-Residential 1-4 family: The residential 1-4 family real estate loans are generally secured by owner-
occupied 1-4 family residences. Repayment of these loans is primarily dependent on the personal income and credit rating of
the borrowers. Credit risk in these loans can be impacted by economic conditions within the Bank’s market areas that might
impact either property values or a borrower’s personal income.
Risk is mitigated by the fact that the loans are of smaller individual amounts and spread over a large number of
borrowers.
75
FORM 10-K
Real estate-Construction: Construction and land development real estate loans are usually based upon estimates of
costs and estimated value of the completed project and include independent appraisal reviews and a financial analysis of the
developers and property owners. Sources of repayment of these loans may include permanent loans, sales of developed
property or an interim loan commitment from the Bank until permanent financing is obtained. These loans are considered to
be higher risk than other real estate loans due to their ultimate repayment being sensitive to interest rate changes, general
economic conditions and the availability of long-term financing. Credit risk in these loans may be impacted by the
creditworthiness of a borrower, property values and the local economies in the Bank’s market areas.
Real estate-Commercial: Commercial real estate loans typically involve larger principal amounts, and repayment of
these loans is generally dependent on the successful operations of the property securing the loan or the business conducted
on the property securing the loan. These loans are viewed primarily as cash flow loans and secondarily as loans secured by
real estate. Credit risk in these loans may be impacted by the creditworthiness of a borrower, property values and the local
economies in the Bank’s market areas.
Commercial: The commercial portfolio includes loans to commercial customers for use in financing working capital
needs, equipment purchases and expansions. The loans in this category are repaid primarily from the cash flow of a borrower’s
principal business operation. Credit risk in these loans is driven by creditworthiness of a borrower and the economic
conditions that impact the cash flow stability from business operations.
Consumer: The consumer loan portfolio consists of various term and line of credit loans such as automobile loans
and loans for other personal purposes. Repayment for these types of loans will come from a borrower’s income sources that
are typically independent of the loan purpose. Credit risk is driven by consumer economic factors (such as unemployment
and general economic conditions in the Bank’s market area) and the creditworthiness of a borrower.
The following table provides information about the credit quality of the loan portfolio using the Bank’s internal
rating system as of December 31, 2015 and 2014:
As of December 31, 2015
Construction
Commercial
Real Estate
One to
four
family
Multi-
family
Commercial
Consumer
and Other
Total
(In Thousands)
Rating:
Pass .............................................. $
Special Mention ...........................
Substandard .................................
Doubtful .......................................
Total ......................................... $
37,383 $ 198,230 $ 91,267 $ 41,604 $
-
-
-
-
45,463 $ 208,824 $ 98,257 $ 41,604 $
3,657 3,319
6,937 3,671
-
-
8,080
-
73,407 $ 21,775 $463,666
- 9,243
2,267
217 23,635
4,730
603
603
81,007 $ 21,992 $497,147
-
76
FORM 10-K
As of December 31, 2014
Construction
Commercial
Real Estate
One to
four
family
Multi-
family
Commercial
Consumer
and Other
Total
(In Thousands)
Rating:
Pass .............................................. $
Special Mention ...........................
Substandard .................................
Doubtful .......................................
Total ......................................... $
27,370 $ 207,311 $ 94,129 $ 33,786 $
-
-
-
36,785 $ 215,605 $ 97,901 $ 33,786 $
5,076 2,501
2,758 1,271
-
6,522
2,893
-
460
78,197 $ 17,015 $ 457,808
- 24,372
10,273
231 10,797
3,644
460
-
92,114 $ 17,246 $ 493,437
-
The weighted average interest rate on loans as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 was 4.87% and 5.09%, respectively.
The Bank serviced mortgage loans for others amounting to $64,220 and $94,214 as of December 31, 2015 and 2014,
respectively. The Bank serviced commercial loans for others amounting to $7,629,058 and $4,672,175 as of December 31,
2015 and 2014, respectively.
NOTE 4: PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT
Major classifications of premises and equipment, stated at cost, are as follows:
December 31,
December 31,
Land ........................................................................................................................ $
Buildings and improvements ...................................................................................
Automobile .............................................................................................................
Furniture, fixtures and equipment ...........................................................................
Leasehold improvements ........................................................................................
Less accumulated depreciation ................................................................................
Net premises and equipment ............................................................................ $
2015
2,250,789 $
11,791,945
25,115
10,746,555
271,799
25,086,203
(14,545,775 )
10,540,428 $
2014
2,250,789
11,805,406
25,115
9,876,988
271,799
24,230,097
(13,627,334)
10,602,763
Depreciation expense was $918,441, $755,937 and $822,316 for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014, and
2013, respectively.
NOTE 5: BANK OWNED LIFE INSURANCE
The Company has purchased Bank owned life insurance on certain key members of management. In December
2015, the Company purchased an additional $4,000,000 of single premium life insurance on key members of management
with the purpose of partially offsetting the Company’s employee benefit costs as a whole. Such policies are recorded at their
cash surrender value, or the amount that can be realized. The increase in cash surrender value in excess of the single premium
paid is reported as other noninterest income. The balance at December 31, 2015 and 2014 was $18,779,915 and $14,417,220,
respectively.
NOTE 6: INVESTMENTS IN AFFORDABLE HOUSING PARTNERSHIPS
The Company has purchased investments in limited partnerships that were formed to operate low-income housing
apartment complexes and single-family housing units throughout Missouri. Effective January 2015, the investments are
accounted for under the proportional amortization method (see Note 14: New Accounting Pronouncements for further
discussion) if certain conditions are met. The Company does not have the ability to exert significant influence over the
partnerships. For a minimum 15 year compliance period, each partnership must adhere to affordable housing regulatory
requirements in order to maintain the utilization of the tax credits. At December 31, 2015 and 2014, the net carrying values
of the Company’s investments in these entities was $2,688,704 and $3,574,183, respectively, and are included in other assets
on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets.
The Company received income tax credits of $1,221,394, $1,221,394 and $1,221,394 during 2015, 2014 and 2013,
respectively. Amortization of the investment costs was $885,478 during each of the fiscal years 2015, 2014 and 2013.
77
FORM 10-K
NOTE 7: DEPOSITS
Deposits are comprised of the following at December 31, 2015 and 2014:
December 31, 2015
December 31, 2014
Weighted
Average
Rate
Percentage
of
Deposits
Weighted
Average
Rate
Balance
Percentage
of
Deposits
Balance
Demand ...............................
NOW ...................................
Money market .....................
Savings ................................
Certificates:
0%
- 1.99% .......................
2.00% - 3.99% .......................
Total Deposits .....................
0.00% $ 67,897,263
0.31% 137,472,955
0.42% 170,602,458
0.20% 25,864,718
0.30% 401,837,394
0.90% 114,204,316
1,343,985
2.17%
0.91% 115,548,301
0.44% $ 517,385,695
13.1%
26.6%
33.0%
5.0%
77.7%
22.0%
0.3%
22.3%
100.0%
0.00% $ 51,707,667
0.34% 111,561,440
0.43% 171,948,057
0.20% 23,619,332
0.32% 358,836,496
0.84% 117,499,869
3,481,917
2.27%
0.88% 120,981,786
0.47% $ 479,818,282
10.8%
23.3%
35.8%
4.9%
74.8%
24.5%
0.7%
25.2%
100.0%
The aggregate amount of certificates of deposit with a minimum balance of $100,000 was approximately
$63,442,000 and $64,768,000, as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.
A summary of certificates of deposit by maturity as of December 31, 2015, is as follows:
2016 ...........................................
2017 ...........................................
2018 ...........................................
2019 ...........................................
2020 ...........................................
Thereafter .................................
$
$
53,074,067
38,417,990
10,457,935
7,145,767
4,318,298
2,134,244
115,548,301
78
FORM 10-K
A summary of interest expense on deposits is as follows:
Years ended
December 31,
2014
2015
NOW and Money Market accounts ....................................... $
Savings accounts ...................................................................
Certificate accounts ...............................................................
Early withdrawal penalties ....................................................
$
1,276,808 $
49,467
1,102,928
(5,332 )
2,423,871 $
1,242,158 $
49,071
1,050,081
(12,220 )
2,329,090 $
2013
1,521,465
53,647
1,295,864
(11,378)
2,859,598
The Bank utilizes brokered deposits as an additional funding source. The aggregate amount of brokered deposits
was approximately $45,794,000 and $50,331,000 as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.
NOTE 8: BORROWINGS
Federal Home Loan Bank Advances
Federal Home Loan Bank advances consist of the following:
December 31, 2015
December 31, 2014
Maturity Date
Amount
Weighted
Average Rate
Amount
Weighted
Average Rate
2015 ...................................
2018 ...................................
2019 ...................................
$
-
50,000,000
2,100,000
52,100,000
0.00%
2.14%
4.87%
2.25% $
8,250,000
50,000,000
2,100,000
60,350,000
0.41%
2.14%
4.87%
2.00%
The FHLB requires the Bank to maintain collateral in relation to outstanding balances of advances. For collateral
purposes, the FHLB values mortgage loans free of other pledges, liens and encumbrances at 80% of their fair value, and
investment securities free of other pledges, liens and encumbrances at 95% of their fair value. Based on existing collateral as
well as the FHLB’s limitation of advances to 35% of assets, the Bank has the ability to borrow an additional $116.0 million
from the FHLB, as of December 31, 2015.
Federal Reserve Bank Borrowings
During 2008, the Bank established a borrowing line with the Federal Reserve Bank. The Bank has the ability to
borrow $30.6 million as of December 31, 2015. The Federal Reserve Bank requires the Bank to maintain collateral in relation
to borrowings outstanding. The Bank had no borrowings outstanding on this line as of December 31, 2015 and 2014.
Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase
In January 2008, the Company borrowed $30.0 million under three structured repurchase agreements. Interest was
based on a fixed weighted average rate of 2.65% until maturity in January 2018. Beginning in February 2010, the
counterparty, Barclay’s Capital, Inc., had the option to terminate the agreements on a quarterly basis until maturity.
79
FORM 10-K
Prior to the stated maturity date, the Company paid off one of these agreements in the amount $15.0 million in May
2013 and another agreement in the amount of $5.0 million in November 2011.
In June 2015, the Company executed a structured transaction in order to pay off the remaining $10.0 million, prior
to its stated maturity date, incurring a prepayment penalty of $463,992.
NOTE 9: SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES
During 2005, the Company formed two wholly owned grantor trust subsidiaries, Guaranty Statutory Trust I and
Guaranty Statutory Trust II, to issue preferred securities representing undivided beneficial interests in the assets of the trusts
and to invest the gross proceeds of the preferred securities in notes of the Company. Trust I issued $5,000,000 of preferred
securities and Trust II issued $10,000,000 of preferred securities. The sole assets of Trust I were originally $5,155,000
aggregate principal amount of the Company’s fixed rate subordinated debenture notes due 2036, which were redeemable
beginning in 2011. The sole assets of Trust II were originally $10,310,000 aggregate principal amount of the Company’s
fixed/variable rate subordinated debenture notes due 2036, which were redeemable beginning in 2011. Trust II subordinated
debenture notes bear interest at a fixed rate for five years and thereafter at a floating rate based on LIBOR. The preferred
securities qualify as either Tier I or Tier II capital for regulatory purposes, subject to certain limitations.
NOTE 10: INCOME TAXES
As of December 31, 2015 and 2014, retained earnings included approximately $5,075,000 for which no deferred
income tax liability has been recognized. This amount represents an allocation of income to bad debt deductions for tax
purposes only. Reduction of amounts so allocated for purposes other than tax bad debt losses or adjustments arising from
carryback of net operating losses would create income for tax purposes only, which would be subject to the then current
corporate income tax rate. The unrecorded deferred income tax liability on the above amount was approximately $1,878,000
as of both December 31, 2015 and 2014.
The provision for income taxes consists of:
Years Ended
December 31,
2014
2015
2013
Taxes currently payable ........................................................ $
Deferred income taxes ...........................................................
$
2,140,591 $
320,738
2,461,329 $
1,445,947 $
666,561
2,112,508 $
1,532,515
983,526
2,516,041
80
FORM 10-K
The tax effects of temporary differences related to deferred taxes shown on the December 31, 2015 and 2014 balance
sheets are:
Deferred tax assets:
December 31, December 31,
2015
2014
Allowances for loan losses ...................................................................................... $
Writedowns on foreclosed assets held for sale ........................................................
Deferred loan fees/costs ...........................................................................................
Unrealized depreciation on available-for-sale securities .........................................
Other ........................................................................................................................
Deferred tax liabilities:
FHLB stock dividends .............................................................................................
Accumulated depreciation .......................................................................................
Other ........................................................................................................................
Net deferred tax asset .................................................................................................. $
1,976,060 $
773,652
123,390
401,688
446,122
3,720,912
(51,713)
(368,245)
(70,849)
(490,807)
3,230,105 $
2,240,123
781,870
96,877
263,358
421,873
3,804,101
(52,455)
(268,503)
(70,630)
(391,588)
3,412,513
A reconciliation of income tax expense at the statutory rate to income tax expense at the Company’s effective rate
is shown below:
Years ended
December 31,
Computed at statutory rate ..........................................................
Increase (reduction) in taxes resulting from:
State financial institution tax and credits .................................
Cash surrender value of life insurance .....................................
Other ........................................................................................
Actual effective rate ....................................................................
2015
2014
2013
34.0%
34.0%
34.0%
(4.8%)
(1.5%)
2.4%
30.1%
(4.8%)
(1.6%)
(0.8%)
26.8%
(4.8%)
(2.0%)
5.2%
32.4%
NOTE 11: DISCLOSURES ABOUT FAIR VALUE OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES
ASC Topic 820, Fair Value Measurements, defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or
paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Topic 820 also
specifies a fair value hierarchy which requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of
unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. The standard describes three levels of inputs that may be used to measure
fair value:
Level 1: Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities
Level 2: Observable inputs other than Level 1 prices, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted
prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for
substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities
Level 3: Unobservable inputs supported by little or no market activity and are significant to the fair value of the
assets or liabilities
81
FORM 10-K
The following is a description of the inputs and valuation methodologies used for assets measured at fair value on a
recurring basis and recognized in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets, as well as the general classification of such
assets pursuant to the valuation hierarchy.
Available-for-sale securities: Where quoted market prices are available in an active market, securities are classified within
Level 1 of the valuation hierarchy. Level 1 securities include equity securities. If quoted market prices are not available, then
fair values are estimated by using pricing models, quoted prices of securities with similar characteristics or discounted cash
flows. Level 2 securities include U.S. government agencies, municipals, U.S. corporate and government sponsored mortgage-
backed securities. The Company has no Level 3 securities.
The following table presents the fair value measurements of assets recognized in the accompanying consolidated
balance sheets measured at fair value on a recurring basis and the level within the fair value hierarchy in which the fair value
measurements fall at December 31, 2015 and 2014 (dollar amounts in thousands):
As of December 31, 2015
Financial assets:
Equity securities:
Level 1
inputs
Level 2
inputs
Level 3
inputs
Total fair
value
Other ........................................................................................ $
99 $
- $
Debt securities:
U.S. government agencies .......................................................
Municipals ...............................................................................
Corporates ................................................................................
Government sponsored mortgage-backed securities and SBA
-
-
-
8,397
31,349
3,814
loan pools ............................................................................
Available-for-sale securities ........................................................ $
-
99 $
53,633
97,193 $
- $
-
-
-
-
- $
99
8,397
31,349
3,814
53,633
97,292
As of December 31, 2014
Financial assets:
Equity securities:
Level 1
inputs
Level 2
inputs
Level 3
inputs
Total fair
value
Other ........................................................................................ $
105 $
- $
Debt securities:
U.S. government agencies .......................................................
Municipals ...............................................................................
Government sponsored mortgage-backed securities and SBA
-
-
10,257
15,590
loan pools ............................................................................
Available-for-sale securities ........................................................ $
-
105 $
60,516
86,363 $
- $
-
-
-
- $
105
10,257
15,590
60,516
86,468
82
FORM 10-K
The following is a description of the valuation methodologies used for assets measured at fair value on a
nonrecurring basis and recognized in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets, as well as the general classification of
such assets pursuant to the valuation hierarchy.
Foreclosed Assets Held for Sale: Fair value is estimated using recent appraisals, comparable sales and other estimates of
value obtained principally from independent sources, adjusted for selling costs. Foreclosed assets held for sale are classified
within Level 3 of the valuation hierarchy.
Impaired loans (Collateral Dependent): Loans for which it is probable that the Company will not collect all principal and
interest due according to contractual terms are measured for impairment. Allowable methods for determining the amount of
impairment include estimating fair value using the fair value of the collateral for collateral dependent loans.
If the impaired loan is identified as collateral dependent, then the fair value method of measuring the amount of
impairment is utilized. This method requires obtaining a current independent appraisal of the collateral and applying a
discount factor to the value. Impaired loans that are collateral dependent are classified within Level 3 of the fair value
hierarchy when impairment is determined using the fair value method.
The following table presents the fair value measurement of assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis and
the level within the fair value hierarchy in which the fair value measurements fall at December 31, 2015 and 2014 (dollar
amounts in thousands):
Impaired loans:
December 31, 2015 ............................................................. $
December 31, 2014 ............................................................. $
- $
- $
- $
- $
12,923 $
4,076 $
12,923
4,076
Level 1
inputs
Level 2
inputs
Level 3
inputs
Total fair
value
Foreclosed assets held for sale:
December 31, 2015 ............................................................. $
December 31, 2014 ............................................................. $
- $
- $
- $
- $
- $
354 $
-
354
Level 1
inputs
Level 2
inputs
Level 3
inputs
Total fair
value
There were no transfers between valuation levels for any asset during the years ended December 31, 2015 or 2014.
If valuation techniques are deemed necessary, the Company considers those transfers to occur at the end of the period when
the assets are valued.
The following table presents quantitative information about unobservable inputs used in nonrecurring Level 3 fair
value measurements (dollar amounts in thousands):
Fair Value
December 31, 2015
Impaired loans (collateral
dependent) .................................... $
Impaired loans .................................. $
Foreclosed assets held for sale ......... $
5,000
7,923
-
Valuation
Technique
Market
Comparable
Discounted Cash
flow
Market
Comparable
Unobservable Input
Discount to reflect
realizable value
Range
(Weighted
Average)
0%- 23% (4%)
Discount rate
0%- 51% (4%)
Discount to reflect
realizable value
0%
83
FORM 10-K
The following methods were used to estimate the fair value of all other financial instruments recognized in the
accompanying consolidated balance sheets at amounts other than fair value.
Cash and cash equivalents, interest-bearing deposits and Federal Home Loan Bank stock
The carrying amounts reported in the consolidated balance sheets approximate those assets' fair value.
Held-to-maturity securities
Fair value is based on quoted market prices, if available. If a quoted market price is not available, fair value is
estimated using quoted market prices for similar securities.
Loans
The fair value of loans is estimated by discounting the future cash flows using the market rates at which similar
loans would be made to borrowers with similar credit ratings and for the same remaining maturities. Loans with similar
characteristics were aggregated for purposes of the calculations. The carrying amount of accrued interest approximates its
fair value.
Deposits
Deposits include demand deposits, savings accounts, NOW accounts and certain money market deposits. The
carrying amount approximates fair value. The fair value of fixed-maturity certificates of deposit is estimated by discounting
the future cash flows using rates currently offered for deposits of similar remaining maturities.
Federal Home Loan Bank and Federal Reserve advances and securities sold under agreements to repurchase
The fair value of advances and securities sold under agreements to repurchase is estimated by using rates on debt
with similar terms and remaining maturities.
Subordinated debentures and notes payable
For these variable rate instruments, the carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of fair value. There is currently a
limited market for similar debt instruments and the Company has the option to call the subordinated debentures at an amount
close to its par value.
Interest payable
The carrying amount approximates fair value.
Commitments to originate loans, letters of credit and lines of credit
The fair value of commitments to originate loans is estimated using the fees currently charged to enter into similar
agreements, taking into account the remaining terms of the agreements and the present credit worthiness of the counterparties.
For fixed-rate loan commitments, fair value also considers the difference between current levels of interest rates and the
committed rates. The fair value of letters of credit and lines of credit is based on fees currently charged for similar agreements
or on the estimated cost to terminate them or otherwise settle the obligations with the counterparties at the reporting date.
84
FORM 10-K
The following table presents estimated fair values of the Company’s financial instruments at December 31, 2015
and 2014.
Carrying
Amount
December 31, 2015
Fair
Value
Hierarchy
Level
Carrying
Amount
December 31, 2014
Fair
Value
Hierarchy
Level
Financial assets:
Cash and cash equivalents ....... $ 18,774,419 $ 18,774,419
Held-to-maturity securities ......
43,935
Federal Home Loan Bank stock 2,837,500 2,837,500
Mortgage loans held for sale .... 1,902,933 1,902,933
Loans, net ................................ 491,001,907 495,207,798
Interest receivable .................... 1,986,692 1,986,692
43,099
Financial liabilities:
Deposits ................................... 517,385,695 511,225,380
FHLB and Federal Reserve
advances .............................. 52,100,000 53,227,960
Securities sold under
agreements to repurchase .....
-
Subordinated debentures .......... 15,465,000 15,465,000
196,102
Interest payable ........................
196,102
-
Unrecognized financial
instruments
(net of contractual value):
Commitments to extend credit .
Unused lines of credit ..............
-
-
-
-
1
2
2
2
3
2
2
2
2
3
2
-
-
60,993
$ 12,493,890 $ 12,493,890
62,619
3,156,900 3,156,900
1,214,632 1,214,632
486,586,636 487,244,753
2,030,058 2,030,058
479,818,282 476,519,750
60,350,000 61,615,252
10,000,000 10,371,866
15,465,000 15,465,000
242,145
242,145
-
-
-
-
1
2
2
2
3
2
2
2
2
3
2
-
-
NOTE 12: SIGNIFICANT ESTIMATES AND CONCENTRATIONS
Accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America require disclosure of certain significant
estimates and current vulnerabilities due to certain concentrations. Estimates related to the allowance for loan losses are
reflected in the footnote regarding loans. Current vulnerabilities due to certain concentrations of credit risk are discussed in
the footnote regarding loans.
NOTE 13: EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS
Equity Plans
On May 27, 2015, the Company’s stockholders voted to approve the Guaranty Federal Bancshares, Inc. 2015 Equity
Plan (the”2015 Plan”). The Plan provides for the grant of up to 250,000 shares of Common Stock under equity awards
including stock options, stock awards, restricted stock, stock appreciation rights, performance units, or other equity-based
awards payable in cash or stock to key employees and directors of the Company and the Bank. As of December 31, 2015,
restricted stock for 2,966 shares of Common Stock has been granted under the Plan.
On May 26, 2010, the Company’s stockholders voted to approve the Guaranty Federal Bancshares, Inc. 2010 Equity
Plan (the”2010 Plan”). The Plan provides for the grant of up to 200,000 shares of Common Stock under equity awards
including stock options, stock awards, restricted stock, stock appreciation rights, performance units, or other equity-based
awards payable in cash or stock to key employees and directors of the Company and the Bank. As of December 31, 2015,
non-incentive stock options for 25,000 shares and restricted stock for 139,330 shares of Common Stock have been granted
under the Plan.
In addition, the Company established four stock option plans for the benefit of certain directors, officers and
employees of the Company and its subsidiary. A committee of the Company’s Board of Directors administers the plans. The
stock options under these plans may be either incentive stock options or nonqualified stock options. Incentive stock options
can be granted only to participants who are employees of the Company or its subsidiary. The option price must not be less
than the market value of the Company stock on the date of grant. All options expire no later than ten years from the date of
grant. The options vest at the rate of 20% per year over a five-year period.
85
FORM 10-K
The tables below summarize transactions under the Company’s equity plans:
Stock Options
Number of shares
Incentive
Stock Option
Non-Incentive
Stock Option
Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
Balance outstanding as of January 1, 2013 .......................................
Granted ..........................................................................................
Exercised .......................................................................................
Forfeited ........................................................................................
Balance outstanding as of December 31, 2013 .................................
Granted ..........................................................................................
Exercised .......................................................................................
Forfeited ........................................................................................
Balance outstanding as of December 31, 2014 .................................
Granted ..........................................................................................
Exercised .......................................................................................
Forfeited ........................................................................................
Balance outstanding as of December 31, 2015 .................................
Options exercisable as of December 31, 2015 ..................................
174,500
-
(1,800)
(4,600)
168,100
-
(25,100)
(2,700)
140,300
-
(10,800)
(38,000)
91,500
91,500
167,000 $
-
-
(46,000)
121,000
-
(14,500)
(24,000)
82,500
-
(25,000)
-
57,500 $
57,500 $
16.38
-
5.23
15.86
16.54
-
5.33
19.03
18.23
-
5.22
25.19
19.58
19.58
86
FORM 10-K
Restricted Stock
Number of
shares
Weighted
Average Grant-
Date Fair Value
Balance of shares non-vested as of January 1, 2013 ...................................................
Granted ....................................................................................................................
Vested ......................................................................................................................
Forfeited ..................................................................................................................
Balance of shares non-vested as of December 31, 2013 .............................................
Granted ....................................................................................................................
Vested ......................................................................................................................
Forfeited ..................................................................................................................
Balance of shares non-vested as of December 31, 2014 .............................................
Granted ....................................................................................................................
Vested ......................................................................................................................
Forfeited ..................................................................................................................
Balance of shares non-vested as of December 31, 2015 .............................................
27,313 $
17,326
(16,576)
(434)
27,629
34,562
(31,688)
-
30,503
28,951
(15,083)
(894)
43,477 $
7.30
7.17
7.00
7.25
7.39
10.99
8.55
-
10.26
14.78
11.64
12.26
12.75
As of December 31, 2015, total outstanding stock options of 149,000 had a remaining contractual life of 2.27 years.
The total intrinsic value of outstanding stock options was $565,025 and $727,827 at December 31, 2015 and 2014,
respectively. The total intrinsic value of outstanding exercisable stock options was $565,025 and $651,781 at December 31,
2015 and 2014, respectively. The total fair value of share awards vested was $143,350 and $361,517 during 2015 and 2014,
respectively.
In February 2015 and 2014 and January 2013, the Company granted restricted stock to directors that was fully vested
and thus, expensed in full during the year ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The amount expensed of
$122,476, $122,538 and $116,032 for 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively, represents 8,281, 11,242 and 16,576 shares of
common stock at a market price of $14.79, $10.90 and $7.00, respectively, at the date of grant. In June 2015, the Company
granted 966 shares of restricted stock to directors that have a cliff vesting at the end of three years. The expense is being
recognized over the applicable vesting period. The amount expensed during 2015 was $2,434.
During 2015, the Company granted 19,704 shares of restricted stock to officers that have a cliff vesting at the end
of three years. During 2014, the Company granted 23,320 shares of restricted stock to officers that have a cliff vesting at the
end of three years. During 2012, the Company granted 27,313 shares of restricted stock to officers that have a cliff vesting at
the end of two years, except the CEO, who has a three year cliff vesting. The expense is being recognized over the applicable
vesting period. The amount expensed during 2015, 2014 and 2013 was $176,644, $102,099 and $89,357, respectively.
Total stock-based compensation expense is comprised of expense for restricted stock awards and stock options.
Expense recognized for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 was $297,295, $254,340 and $254,508,
respectively. As of December 31, 2015, there was $310,639 of unrecognized compensation expense related to nonvested
restricted stock awards, which will be recognized over the remaining vesting periods.
87
FORM 10-K
NOTE 14: NEW ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS
In February 2015, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update
(“ASU”) 2015-02, Consolidation (Topic 810): Amendments to the Consolidation Analysis (“ASU 2015-02”). ASU 2015-02
amends the consolidation requirements and significantly changes the consolidation analysis required under GAAP. The
amendments are effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2015
for the public business entities with early adoption permitted (including during an interim period), provided that the guidance
is applied as of the beginning of the annual period containing the adoption date. The Company does not expect the adoption
of ASU 2015-02 to have a material impact on its financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
In January 2015, the Company adopted FASB ASU No. 2014-01, which amends FASB ASC Topic 323, Investments
– Equity Method and Joint Ventures. The ASU impacts the Company’s accounting for investments in flow-through limited
liability entities that manage or invest in affordable housing projects that qualify for the low-income housing tax credit. The
amendments in the update permit reporting entities to make an accounting policy election to account for their investments in
qualified affordable housing projects using the proportional amortization method if certain conditions are met. Under the
proportional amortization method, an entity amortizes the initial cost of the investment in proportion to the tax credits and
other tax benefits received and recognizes the net investment performance in the income statement as a component of income
tax expense. The Company does have significant investments in such qualified affordable housing projects that meet the
conditions for utilizing the proportional amortization method. As a result of the Company’s adoption of this ASU, the
investment amortization expense of $885,480 for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 which was included in Other
Non-interest Expense in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income, is now included in Provision for Income Taxes
in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income.
In June 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-11 “Transfers and Servicing (Topic 860)-Repurchase to Maturity
Transactions, Repurchase Financings, and Disclosures.” ASU 2014-11 aligns the accounting for repurchase to maturity
transactions and repurchase agreements executed as a repurchase financing with the accounting for other typical repurchase
agreements. Going forward, these transactions would all be accounted for as secured borrowings. ASU 2014-11 is effective
for the first interim or annual period beginning after December 15, 2014. In addition, the disclosure of certain transactions
accounted for as a sale is effective for the first interim or annual period beginning on or after December 15, 2014 and the
disclosure for transactions accounted for as secured borrowings is required for annual periods beginning after December 15,
2014, and interim periods beginning March 15, 2015. Early adoption is prohibited. The Company adopted ASU 2014-11 on
January 1, 2015 and it did not have an impact on its accounting and disclosures.
In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Revenue from
Contracts with Customers (“ASU 2014-09”). The scope of the guidance applies to revenue arising from contracts with
customers, except for the following: lease contracts, insurance contracts, contractual rights and obligations within the scope
of other guidance and nonmonetary exchanges between entities in the same line of business to facilitate sales to customers.
The core principal of the new guidance is that an entity should recognize revenue to reflect the transfer of goods and services
to customers in an amount equal to the consideration that the entity receives or expects to receive. ASU 2014-09 is not
expected to impact the timing or approach to revenue recognition for financial institutions. The likely impact for financial
institutions will relate only to disclosures. Initially, the amendments were effective for public entities for annual reporting
periods beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim periods within that reporting period. However, in July 2015,
the FASB voted to defer the effective date of ASU 2014-09 by one year making the amendments effective for public entities
for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within those reporting periods.
Companies have the option to apply ASU 2014-09 as of the original effective date. The Company does not expect the adoption
of ASU 2014-09 to have a material impact on its financial position, results of operation or cash flows.
88
FORM 10-K
In January 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-04 to amend FASB ASC Topic 310, Receivables – Troubled Debt
Restructurings by Creditors. The objective of the amendments in this update is to reduce diversity by clarifying when an in
substance repossession or foreclosure occurs, that is, when a creditor should be considered to have received physical
possession of residential real estate property collateralizing a consumer mortgage loan such that the loan receivable should
be derecognized and the real estate property recognized. The amendments in this update clarify that an in substance
repossession or foreclosure occurs, and a creditor is considered to have received physical possession of residential real estate
property collateralizing a consumer mortgage loan, upon either (1) the creditor obtaining legal title to the residential real
estate property upon completion of a foreclosure or (2) the borrower conveying all interest in the residential real estate
property to the creditor to satisfy that loan through completion of a deed in lieu of foreclosure or through a similar legal
agreement. Additionally, the amendments require interim and annual disclosure of both (1) the amount of foreclosed
residential real estate property held by the creditor and (2) the recorded investment in consumer mortgage loans collateralized
by residential real estate property that are in the process of foreclosure according to local requirements of the applicable
jurisdiction. The update was effective for the Company beginning January 1, 2015, and did not have a material impact on the
Company’s financial position or results of operations.
In January 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-01, Financial Instruments- Overall (Subtopic 825-10): Recognition
and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities (“ASU 2016-01”). ASU 2016-01 simplifies the impairment
assessment of equity investments, clarifies reporting disclosure requirements for financial instruments measured at amortized
cost, and requires the exit price notion be disclosed when measuring fair value of financial instruments. ASU 2016-01 details
the required separate presentation in other comprehensive income for the change in fair value of a liability related to change
in instrument specific credit risk and details the required separate presentation of financial assets and liabilities by
measurement category, and clarifies the need for a valuation allowance on deferred tax assets related to available-for-sale
securities. ASU 2016-01 is effective for annual and interim reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017. Adoption
of ASU 2016-01 is not expected to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.
In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases (“ASU 2016-02”). ASU 2016-02 establishes a right-of-
use (ROU) model that requires a lessee to record a ROU asset and a lease liability on the balance sheet for all leases with
terms longer than 12 months. Leases will be classified as either finance or operating, with classification affecting the pattern
of expense recognition in the income statement. ASU 2016-02 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15,
2018, including interim periods within those fiscal years. A modified retrospective transition approach is required for lessees
for capital and operating leases existing at, or entered into after, the beginning of the earliest comparative period presented
in the financial statements, with certain practical expedients available. We are currently evaluating the impact of our pending
adoption of the new standard on our consolidated financial statements.
89
FORM 10-K
NOTE 15: PREFERRED STOCK AND COMMON STOCK WARRANT
On January 30, 2009, the Company issued and sold, and the Treasury purchased, (1) 17,000 shares of the Company’s
Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock Series A (the “Series A Preferred Shares”), and (2) a ten-year warrant to
purchase up to 459,459 shares of the Company's common stock at an exercise price of $5.55 per share (the “Warrant”), for
an aggregate purchase price of $17.0 million. The Certificate of Designations by which the Series A Preferred Shares were
created (the “Certificate of Designations”) provided, among other things, that the Series A Preferred Shares were redeemable
at the liquidation amount of $1,000 per share plus accrued but unpaid dividends. The Certificate of Designations also provided
for a dividend rate of 5% per annum for the first five years from the date of issuance which increased to 9% per annum
thereafter. The Series A Preferred Shares qualified as Tier 1 capital.
On June 13, 2012, with regulatory approval, the Company redeemed 5,000 Series A Preferred Shares for $5 million
plus accrued and unpaid dividends of $19,444, leaving 12,000 Series A Preferred Shares remaining outstanding and owned
by Treasury.
The Company entered into a Placement Agency Agreement with the Treasury on April 15, 2013 in connection with
a private auction by the Treasury of all of its remaining 12,000 Series A Preferred Shares which was conducted immediately
thereafter (the “Private Auction”). On April 29, 2013, the Treasury settled the sale of such Series A Preferred Shares to the
winning bidders in the Private Auction, consisting of six parties unrelated to the Company.
Shortly thereafter, the Company repurchased the Warrant from Treasury pursuant to the terms thereof for the
aggregate purchase price of $2,003,250 in cash. As a result of the Warrant repurchase, the Company’s participation in the
CPP was completed.
On April 3, 2014, the Company received approval from the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System to
redeem the Company’s remaining 12,000 Series A Preferred Shares from the parties who had purchased them from Treasury
or their affiliates, for the liquidation amount of $12 million plus accrued but unpaid dividends of $19.50 per Series A Preferred
Share. At the time of the redemption, the Series A Preferred Shares carried a coupon rate of 9.0% per annum. The Company
provided the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock with a formal notice of redemption and thirty days thereafter redeemed
the Series A Preferred Stock on May 7, 2014, plus all accrued and unpaid dividends.
NOTE 16: COMMON STOCK OFFERING
On March 7, 2014, the Company closed an underwritten offering of its common stock. The Company raised
approximately $17.2 million in gross proceeds by selling 1,499,999 shares of its Treasury Stock, which includes the full
exercise of the over-allotment option granted to the underwriters of 195,652 shares, at a price to the public of $11.50 per
share.
Net proceeds from the sale of the shares after underwriting discounts and estimated offering expenses were
approximately $15.8 million. The Company used the net proceeds from the offering to redeem the remaining 12,000 shares
of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock on May 7, 2014 and intends to use the remaining net proceeds for working capital
and for general corporate purposes, including potential future acquisitions.
90
FORM 10-K
NOTE 17: OTHER EXPENSES
Other expenses for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 were as follows:
December 31, December 31, December 31,
2014
2015
2013
Directors compensation ............................................................... $
Outside services ..........................................................................
Legal expense ..............................................................................
Deposit expense ..........................................................................
Office supplies ............................................................................
Telephone ....................................................................................
Postage ........................................................................................
Insurance .....................................................................................
Supervisory exam ........................................................................
Accounting ..................................................................................
Organization dues ........................................................................
Loan expense ...............................................................................
Contributions ...............................................................................
ATM expense ..............................................................................
Other operating ............................................................................
216,770 $
75,000
275,657
77,862
74,798
141,674
155,901
113,341
51,433
171,759
137,723
397,438
52,500
238,744
666,580
215,465 $
96,660
246,545
67,710
77,909
118,268
149,379
106,139
57,359
217,280
146,845
269,016
50,004
253,457
709,983
243,410
111,332
431,519
84,942
74,516
116,661
153,753
87,758
55,234
223,517
124,454
310,853
40,000
228,547
489,483
$
2,847,180 $
2,782,019 $
2,775,979
NOTE 18: RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
In the ordinary course of business, the Bank has granted loans to executive officers and directors and their affiliates.
Annual activity consisted of the following:
2015
Year ended December 31,
2014
2013
Balance, beginning of year .................................................... $
New Loans .........................................................................
Repayments .......................................................................
4,409,644 $
-
(463,023 )
6,483,503 $
394,269
(2,468,128 )
6,095,008
782,681
(394,186)
Balance, end of year .............................................................. $
3,946,621 $
4,409,644 $
6,483,503
In management's opinion, such loans and other extensions of credit and deposits were made in the ordinary course
of business and were made on substantially the same terms as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with
other persons. Further, in management's opinion, these loans did not involve more than normal risk of collectability or present
other unfavorable features.
NOTE 19: COMMITMENTS AND CREDIT RISK
Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition
established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require
payment of a fee. Since a portion of the commitments may expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts
do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. The Bank evaluates each customer's credit worthiness on a case-by-
case basis. The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary by the Bank upon extension of credit, is based on
management's credit evaluation of the counterparty. Collateral held varies but may include accounts receivable, inventory,
property and equipment, commercial real estate and residential real estate.
91
FORM 10-K
As of December 31, 2015 and 2014, the Bank had outstanding commitments to originate fixed-rate mortgage loans
of approximately $4,218,000 and $2,483,000, respectively. The commitments extend over varying periods of time with the
majority being disbursed within a thirty-day period.
Standby letters of credit are irrevocable conditional commitments issued by the Bank to guarantee the performance
of a customer to a third party. Financial standby letters of credit are primarily issued to support public and private borrowing
arrangements, including commercial paper, bond financing and similar transactions. Performance standby letters of credit are
issued to guarantee performance of certain customers under non-financial contractual obligations. The credit risk involved in
issuing standby letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loans to customers. Fees for letters of
credit are initially recorded by the Bank as deferred revenue and are included in earnings at the termination of the respective
agreements. Should the Bank be obligated to perform under the standby letters of credit, the Bank may seek recourse from
the customer for reimbursement of amounts paid.
The Bank had total outstanding standby letters of credit amounting to $12,135,000 and $15,965,000 as of
December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively, with terms ranging from 1 year to 5 years.
The Bank has confirming letters of credit from the FHLB issued for collateral on public deposits and to enhance
Bank issued letters of credit granted to various customers for industrial revenue bond issues. As of December 31, 2015 and
2014, these letters of credit aggregated approximately $20,028,000 and $23,884,000.
Lines of credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in
the contract. Lines of credit generally have fixed expiration dates. Since a portion of the line may expire without being drawn
upon, the total unused lines do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. Each customer's credit worthiness is
evaluated on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary, is based on management's credit
evaluation of the counterparty. Collateral held varies but may include accounts receivable, inventory, property and equipment,
commercial real estate and residential real estate. Management uses the same credit policies in granting lines of credit as it
does for on balance sheet instruments.
As of December 31, 2015 and 2014, unused lines of credit to borrowers aggregated approximately $68,066,000 and
$47,599,000, respectively, for commercial lines and $14,461,000 and $13,859,000, respectively, for open-end consumer
lines.
92
FORM 10-K
NOTE 20: CONDENSED PARENT COMPANY STATEMENTS
The condensed balance sheets as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, and statements of income and cash flows for the
years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 for the parent company, Guaranty Federal Bancshares, Inc., are as follows:
Condensed Balance Sheets
Assets
Cash ............................................................................................................................. $
Available-for-sale securities ........................................................................................
Investment in subsidiary ..............................................................................................
Investment in Capital Trust I & II ...............................................................................
Prepaid expenses and other assets ...............................................................................
Refundable income taxes ............................................................................................
Deferred income taxes .................................................................................................
$
Liabilities
Subordinated debentures ............................................................................................. $
Accrued expenses and other liabilities ........................................................................
Due to subsidiary .........................................................................................................
December 31,
2015
2014
3,642,158 $
99,517
77,953,486
465,000
13,894
119,379
9,985
82,303,419 $
3,882,370
105,024
71,626,420
465,000
15,954
1,216,032
7,947
77,318,747
15,465,000 $
409,054
6,900
15,465,000
370,000
6,900
Stockholders' equity
Common stock ............................................................................................................
Additional paid-in capital ............................................................................................
Retained earnings ........................................................................................................
Unrealized loss on available-for-sale securities, net ...................................................
Treasury stock .............................................................................................................
$
685,900
50,441,464
53,258,126
(683,956)
(37,279,069)
82,303,419 $
682,320
50,366,546
48,549,691
(448,421)
(37,673,289)
77,318,747
93
FORM 10-K
Condensed Statements of Income
Years ended December 31,
2014
2015
2013
Income
Dividends from subsidiary bank .................................................... $
Interest income:
Other ..............................................................................................
- $
- $
4,003,250
16,200
16,200
16,069
16,069
16,152
4,019,402
Expense
Interest expense:
Related party ..............................................................................
Other ..............................................................................................
Income (loss) before income taxes and equity in undistributed
income (loss) of subsidiaries .........................................................
Credit for income taxes .....................................................................
Income (loss) before equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries
Equity in undistributed income of subsidiaries .................................
Net income ........................................................................................ $
538,785
734,780
1,273,565
533,207
765,848
1,299,055
(1,257,365)
(415,000)
(842,365)
6,559,132
5,716,767 $
(1,282,986 )
(399,000 )
(883,986 )
6,666,682
5,782,696 $
537,178
815,865
1,353,043
2,666,359
(412,000)
3,078,359
2,161,348
5,239,707
94
FORM 10-K
Condensed Statements of Cash Flows
Cash Flows From Operating Activities
Years ended December 31,
2014
2015
2013
Net income ..................................................................................... $
Items not requiring (providing) cash:
5,716,767 $
5,782,696 $
5,239,707
Equity in undistributed income of subsidiaries ..........................
Deferred income taxes ...............................................................
Stock award plan expense ..........................................................
(6,559,132)
-
285,589
(6,666,682 )
(17,976 )
242,189
(2,161,349)
-
254,508
Changes in:
Prepaid expenses and other assets ..............................................
Income taxes payable/refundable ...............................................
Accrued expenses .......................................................................
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities ..........................
2,060
1,096,653
(95,779)
446,158
157,745
326,287
55,519
(120,222 )
(138,119)
(390,000)
8,723
2,813,470
Cash Flows From Financing Activities
Proceeds from issuance of common stock .....................................
Stock options exercised .................................................................
Cash dividends paid on common and preferred stock ...................
Treasury stock purchased ..............................................................
Repayment of advances from subsidiary .......................................
Repurchase of stock warrants ........................................................
Redemption of preferred stock ......................................................
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities ..........................
-
187,129
(873,499)
-
-
-
-
(686,370)
15,814,312
210,870
(844,786 )
-
-
-
(12,000,000 )
3,180,396
-
9,408
(600,000)
(106,636)
27,695
(2,003,250)
-
(2,672,783)
Increase (Decrease) in cash .............................................................
(240,212)
3,060,174
140,687
Cash, beginning of year ..................................................................
3,882,370
822,196
681,509
Cash, end of year ............................................................................. $
3,642,158 $
3,882,370 $
822,196
95
FORM 10-K
Statements of Comprehensive Income
NET INCOME ................................................................................. $
OTHER ITEMS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS):
Change in unrealized gain (loss) on investment securities
Years ended December 31,
2014
5,782,696 $
2015
5,716,767 $
2013
5,239,707
available-for-sale, before income taxes .......................................
(5,507)
5,718
28,392
Income tax expense related to other items of comprehensive
income .......................................................................................
Other comprehensive income (loss) ..............................................
Comprehensive income (loss) of Bank ..........................................
TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE INCOME ...................................... $
2,038
(7,545)
(227,990)
5,481,232 $
2,117
3,601
2,054,226
7,840,523 $
10,505
17,887
(3,324,961)
1,932,633
NOTE 21: UNAUDITED QUARTERLY OPERATING RESULTS
Year Ended December 31, 2015, Quarter ended
Mar-15
Jun-15
Sep-15
Dec-15
Interest income ............................................................................ $ 6,287,637 $ 6,386,510 $ 6,229,091 $ 6,286,396
Interest expense ........................................................................... 1,091,690 1,112,376 1,046,661 1,029,155
Net interest income ..................................................................... 5,195,947 5,274,134 5,182,430 5,257,241
250,000
Provision for loan losses .............................................................
389,611
Gain on loans and investment securities .....................................
Other noninterest income, net .....................................................
586,089
Noninterest expense .................................................................... 4,129,675 4,551,780 4,105,593 3,997,319
Income before income taxes ........................................................ 1,917,981 2,234,107 2,040,386 1,985,622
554,983
Provision for income taxes ..........................................................
Net income available to common shareholders ........................... $ 1,329,544 $ 1,537,949 $ 1,418,635 $ 1,430,639
0.33
Basic income per common share ................................................. $
0.33
Diluted income per common share .............................................. $
-
857,664
654,089
200,000
469,767
693,782
150,000
385,863
615,846
0.35 $
0.35 $
0.33 $
0.32 $
0.31 $
0.30 $
588,437
696,158
621,751
Year Ended December 31, 2014, Quarter ended
Mar-14
Jun-14
Sep-14
Dec-14
Interest income ............................................................................ $ 6,360,064 $ 6,037,583 $ 6,147,059 $ 6,469,608
Interest expense ........................................................................... 1,100,897 1,060,346 1,086,163 1,081,899
Net interest income ..................................................................... 5,259,167 4,977,237 5,060,896 5,387,709
300,000
Provision for loan losses .............................................................
320,417
Gain on loans and investment securities .....................................
550,474
Other noninterest income, net .....................................................
Noninterest expense .................................................................... 4,344,604 3,882,983 3,851,068 3,740,093
Income before income taxes ........................................................ 1,532,256 1,631,749 1,627,213 2,218,507
Provision for income taxes ..........................................................
436,403
Net income .................................................................................. 1,301,426 1,338,683 1,360,483 1,782,104
Preferred stock dividends and discount accretion .......................
-
Net income available to common shareholders ........................... $ 1,055,216 $ 1,227,683 $ 1,360,483 $ 1,782,104
0.41
Basic income per common share ................................................. $
0.41
Diluted income per common share .............................................. $
325,000
258,270
604,225
450,000
248,413
618,972
200,000
188,666
629,027
0.29 $
0.28 $
0.32 $
0.31 $
0.33 $
0.33 $
230,830
111,000
293,066
246,210
266,730
-
96
FORM 10-K
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Audit Committee, Board of Directors and Stockholders
Guaranty Federal Bancshares, Inc.
Springfield, Missouri
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Guaranty Federal Bancshares, Inc. as
of December 31, 2015 and 2014, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive
income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended
December 31, 2015. The Company’s management is responsible for these financial statements. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight
Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable
assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not
required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting.
Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing
auditing procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an
opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we
express no such opinion. Our audits also included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the
amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and
significant estimates made by management and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material
respects, the financial position of Guaranty Federal Bancshares, Inc. as of December 31, 2015 and 2014,
and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended
December 31, 2015, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of
America.
BKD, LLP
Springfield, Missouri
March 25, 2016
FORM 10-K Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants On Accounting and Financial Disclosure
Not applicable.
Item 9A. Controls and Procedures
Disclosure Controls and Procedures
The Company maintains disclosure controls and procedures as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) of the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the
Company’s Exchange Act reports is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the
Securities and Exchange Commission’s rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to the
Company’s management, including its Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate to allow timely
decisions regarding required disclosure.
The Company carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of the Company’s
management, including the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the
Company’s disclosure controls and procedures. Based on the foregoing evaluation, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer
and Chief Financial Officer concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of
December 31, 2015.
Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
There have been no changes in the Company’s internal controls over financial reporting during the fourth quarter
ending December 31, 2015 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal
controls over financial reporting.
98
FORM 10-K
Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
The management of Guaranty Federal Bancshares, Inc. (the “Company”) is responsible for establishing and
maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f). The
Company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of the financial statements for external purposes in accordance with
accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. The Company’s internal control over financial
reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail,
accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance
that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with accounting
principles generally accepted in the United States of America, and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being
made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the Company; and (iii) provide reasonable
assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the Company’s assets
that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.
All internal control systems, no matter how well designed, have inherent limitations, including the possibility of human error
and the circumvention of overriding controls. Accordingly, even effective internal controls over financial reporting can
provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation. Also, projections of any evaluation of
effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions,
or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
Management assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of
December 31, 2015, based on the framework set forth in Internal Control-Integrated Framework (1992) issued by the
Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on that assessment, management concluded
that, as of December 31, 2015, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective.
Item 9B. Other Information
Not applicable.
99
FORM 10-K
Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
PART III
The information contained under the section captioned "First Proposal: Election of Directors" (excluding any
information contained under the section captioned “Meetings and Committees of the Board of Directors”) of the Proxy
Statement is incorporated herein by reference.
The Company has adopted a Code of Conduct and Ethics, and it applies to all of the members of the board of
directors, officers and employees of the Company (including the Bank), with special emphasis on compliance by the directors
of the Company and the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Principal Accounting Officer or
Controller or persons performing similar functions for the Company. The Company’s Code of Conduct and Ethics is available
on the Company’s website at www.gbankmo.com and may be accessed by logging onto the Company’s website and clicking
on the “About Us” link and then the “Code of Conduct” link. You will then be able to click on, and access, the Company’s
Code of Conduct and Ethics. Amendments to, and waivers granted under, the Company’s Code of Conduct and Ethics, if
any, will be posted to the Company’s website as well.
The information required by Item 10 regarding an audit committee financial expert and the identification of the
members of the audit committee, a separately designated committee of the Company’s board of directors established in
accordance with section 3(a)(58)(A) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, is contained under the section captioned “Report
of the Audit Committee” of the Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.
Additional information required by this item is contained (i) in the Proxy Statement under the section captioned
"Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance" and is incorporated herein by reference, and (ii) under the
section captioned "Executive Officers of the Registrant" in Item 1 of this report.
Item 11. Executive Compensation
The information contained in the Proxy Statement under the section captioned "Report of the Compensation
Committee” is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
Information required by this item is contained under the section captioned "Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners
and Management" in the Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.
100
FORM 10-K
The following table sets forth information as of December 31, 2015 with respect to equity plans under which shares
of the Company’s common stock may be issued:
Equity Compensation Plan Information
(a)
Number of
securities to be
issued upon
exercise of
outstanding
options,
warrants and
rights
(b)
Weighted-
average exercise
price of
outstanding
options,
warrants and
rights
(c)
Number of
securities
remaining
available for
future issuance
under equity
compensation
plans (excluding
securities
reflected in
column (a))
Plan category
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders ..........
149,000 $
19.58
247,034
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders ....
-
-
-
Totals ..........................................................................................
149,000 $
19.58
247,034
Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
The information required by this item is contained under the sections captioned "Indebtedness of Management and
Directors and Transactions with Certain Related Persons" and “Director Independence” in the Proxy Statement and is
incorporated herein by reference.
Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services
The information required by this item is contained under the section captioned "Principal Accountant Fees and
Services" in the Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Schedules
1. Financial Statements
PART IV
The following consolidated financial statements and the report of independent registered public accounting firm are
filed as part of this report under Item 8.
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2015 and 2014.
Consolidated Statements of Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013.
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013.
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013.
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
101
FORM 10-K
2. Financial statement schedules for which provision is made in the applicable accounting regulations of the SEC are
not required under the related instructions or are inapplicable and therefore have been omitted.
3. The following exhibits are filed with this Report or incorporated herein by reference:
Exhibit
Number
Exhibit Description
Index to Exhibits
3(i).1
3(i).2
3(ii)
3.1
4.1
4.2
4.3
Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Guaranty Federal Bancshares, Inc. (1)
Certificate of Designations for the Series A Preferred Stock (21)
Bylaws of Guaranty Federal Bancshares, Inc., as amended (7)
Certificate of Elimination of the Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A of Guaranty
Federal Bancshares, Inc. (24)
Rights Agreement dated January 20, 1999 concerning the issuance of preferred stock and related rights.
(2)
Form of Certificate for the Series A Preferred Stock (22)
Warrant to Purchase Common Stock (23)
The Company hereby agrees to furnish the SEC upon request, copies of (i) the instruments defining the
rights of the holders of each issue of its junior subordinated debentures and (ii) the repurchase agreements
between the Company and Barclay’s Capital, Inc. dated September 2007 and January 2008.
10.1
10.2
10.3
10.4
10.5
10.6
10.7
10.8
10.9
10.10
10.11
1994 Stock Option Plan *(3)
Recognition and Retention Plan *(4)
1998 Stock Option Plan *(5)
Restricted Stock Plan *(6)
Form of Change in Control Severance Agreement *(6)
Employment Agreement effective as of March 9, 2004 by and between the Bank and Shaun A. Burke *(7)
2004 Stock Option Plan *(8)
Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement under the 2004 Stock Option Plan *(9)
Form of Non-Incentive Stock Option Agreement under the 2004 Stock Option Plan *(10)
Letter Agreement dated January 30, 2009, including Securities Purchase Agreement – standard terms
incorporated by reference therein, between the Company and the United States Department of the Treasury,
with respect to the issuance and sale of Series A Preferred Stock and the Warrant (11)
Amendment and Waiver Regarding Compensation Arrangements dated January 28, 2009 by and among
the Bank, the Company and its Senior Executive Officers* (12)
10.12 Written Description of 2009 Executive Incentive Compensation Annual Plan-President and Chief
Executive Officer *(13)
10.13 Written Description of 2009 Executive Incentive Compensation Annual Plan-Chief Financial Officer and
Chief Operating Officer *(14)
10.14 Written Description of 2009 Executive Incentive Compensation Annual Plan-Chief Lending Officer *(15)
10.15 Written Description of 2010 Executive Incentive Compensation Annual Plans-Chief Financial, Chief
Lending and Chief Credit Officers (16)
102
FORM 10-K
10.16 Written Description of 2010 Executive Incentive Compensation Annual Plans-Chief Operating Officer
(17)
Guaranty Federal Bancshares, Inc. 2010 Equity Plan *(18)
10.17
10.18 Written Description of 2011 Executive Incentive Compensation Annual Plans-Chief Executive, Chief
Financial, Chief Operating, Chief Lending and Chief Credit Officers *(19)
10.19 Written Description of 2012 Executive Incentive Compensation Annual Plans-Chief Executive, Chief
Financial, Chief Operating, Chief Lending and Chief Credit Officers *(20)
10.20 Written Description of 2013 Executive Incentive Compensation Annual Plans-Chief Executive, Chief
Financial, Chief Operating, Chief Lending and Chief Credit Officers *(21)
10.21 Written Description of 2014 Employment Agreements and 2014 Executive Incentive Compensation
Annual Plans-Chief Executive, Chief Financial, Chief Operating, Chief Lending and Chief Credit Officers
*(22)
10.22 Written Description of 2015 Executive Incentive Compensation Annual Plans-Chief Executive, Chief
Financial, Chief Operating, Chief Lending and Chief Credit Officers *(23)
Guaranty Federal Bancshares, Inc. 2015 Equity Plan *(25)
Subsidiaries of the Registrant (See Item 1. Business – Subsidiary and Segment Information)
Consent of BKD, LLP
10.23
21
23
31(i).1 Certification of the Principal Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) of the Exchange Act
31(i).2 Certification of the Principal Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) of the Exchange Act
32
101
Officer certifications pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350
The following materials from Guaranty Federal Bancshares, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the
year ended December 31, 2015 formatted in Extensible Business Reporting Language (XBRL): (i)
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition (unaudited), (ii) Condensed Consolidated
Statements of Operations (unaudited), (iii) Condensed Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income
(Loss) (unaudited), (iv) Condensed Consolidated Statement of Stockholders’ Equity (unaudited), (v) the
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (unaudited), and (vi) related notes.
* Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement
_____________________
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
(8)
Filed as an exhibit to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 1998 (SEC File No. 0-
23325) and incorporated herein by reference.
Filed as an exhibit to the Form 8A filed by Registrant on January 22, 1999 and incorporated herein by reference.
Filed as Exhibit 10.1 of the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed by the Registrant on September 23, 1997 (SEC
File No. 333-36141) and incorporated herein by reference.
Filed as Exhibit 10.2 of the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed by the Registrant on September 23, 1997 (SEC
File No. 333-36141) and incorporated herein by reference.
Filed as Exhibit 4 to the Form S-8 Registration Statement filed by the Registrant on March 6, 2002 (SEC File No.
333-83822) and incorporated herein by reference.
Filed as an exhibit to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2001 (SEC File No. 0-
23325) and incorporated herein by reference.
Filed as Exhibit 10.8 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the transition period ended December 31, 2003 filed
by the Registrant on March 30, 2004 (SEC File No. 0-23325) and incorporated herein by reference.
Filed as Appendix A to the proxy statement for the annual meeting of stockholders held on May 19, 2004 (SEC File
No. 0-23325) and incorporated herein by reference.
103
FORM 10-K
(9)
(10)
(11)
(12)
(13)
(14)
(15)
(16)
(17)
(18)
(19)
(20)
(21)
(22)
(23)
(24)
(25)
Filed as Exhibit 10.12 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004 filed by the
Registrant on March 30, 2005 and incorporated herein by reference.
Filed as Exhibit 10.13 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004 filed by the
Registrant on March 30, 2005 and incorporated herein by reference.
Filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by the Registrant on February 3, 2009 and incorporated
herein by reference.
Filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by the Registrant on February 3, 2009 and incorporated
herein by reference.
Filed as Exhibit 10.23 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by the Registrant on February 9, 2009 and
incorporated herein by reference.
Filed as Exhibit 10.24 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by the Registrant on February 9, 2009 and
incorporated herein by reference.
Filed as Exhibit 10.25 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by the Registrant on February 9, 2009 and
incorporated herein by reference.
Filed as Exhibits 10.1 through 10.3 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by the Registrant on February 2, 2010
and incorporated herein by reference.
Filed as Exhibit 10.4 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by the Registrant on April 26, 2010 and incorporated
herein by reference.
Filed as Exhibit 99.1 to the Form S-8 Registration Statement filed by the Registrant on October 29, 2010 (SEC File
No. 333-170205) and incorporated herein by reference.
Filed as Exhibits 10.1 through 10.5 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by the Registrant on February 28, 2011
and incorporated herein by reference.
Filed as Exhibits 10.1 through 10.5 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by the Registrant on February 2, 2012
and incorporated herein by reference.
Filed as Exhibits 10.1 through 10.5 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by the Registrant on February 8, 2013
and incorporated herein by reference.
Filed as Exhibits 10.1 through 10.10 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by the Registrant on March 26, 2014
and incorporated herein by reference.
Filed as Exhibits 10.1 through 10.5 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by the Registrant on March 3, 2015 and
incorporated herein by reference.
Filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by the Registrant on November 3, 2015 and incorporated
herein by reference.
Filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by the Registrant on May 28, 2015 and incorporated
herein by reference.
104
FORM 10-K
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly
caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
SIGNATURES
Dated: March 25, 2016
GUARANTY FEDERAL BANCSHARES, INC.
By: /s/ Shaun A. Burke
Shaun A. Burke
President and Chief Executive Officer
(Duly Authorized Representative)
Pursuant to the requirement of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the
following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
By:
/s/ Shaun A. Burke
Shaun A. Burke
President and Chief Executive Officer and
Director (Principal Executive Officer)
Date: March 25, 2016
By:
/s/ Carter Peters
Carter Peters
EVP and Chief Financial Officer (Principal
Accounting and Financial Officer)
Date: March 25, 2016
By:
/s/ Tim Rosenbury
Tim Rosenbury
Director
Date: March 25, 2016
By:
/s/ James R. Batten
James R. Batten
Director
Date: March 25, 2016
By:
/s/ John Griesemer
John Griesemer
Director
Date: March 25, 2016
By:
/s/ David T. Moore
David T. Moore
Director
Date: March 25, 2016
By:
/s/ Kurt D. Hellweg
Kurt D. Hellweg
Director
Date: March 25, 2016
By:
/s/ Don M. Gibson
Don M. Gibson
Chairman of the Board and Director
Date: March 25, 2016
By:
/s/ James L. Sivils, III
James L. Sivils, III
Director
Date: March 25, 2016
By:
/s/ Greg A. Horton
Greg A. Horton
Director
Date: March 25, 2016
105
FORM 10-K
This page intentionally left blank
FORM 10-K GUARANTY FEDERAL BANCSHARES, INC.
1341 WEST BATTLEFIELD
SPRINGFIELD, MO 65807-4181
(417) 520-4333
__________________________________
NOTICE OF MEETING OF STOCKHOLDERS
To Be Held on May 25, 2016
Notice is hereby given that an annual meeting of the stockholders (the “Meeting”) of Guaranty Federal Bancshares,
Inc. (the “Company”) will be held at the Highland Springs Country Club, 5400 S. Highland Springs Blvd., Springfield,
Missouri, on May 25, 2016, at 6:00 p.m., local time. Stockholders of record at the close of business on April 4, 2016 are the
stockholders entitled to vote at the Meeting.
A Proxy Card and a Proxy Statement for the Meeting are enclosed.
The Meeting is being held for the purpose of considering and acting upon:
1.
2.
3.
4.
The election of two directors.
The advisory (non-binding) vote to approve executive compensation.
The ratification of BKD, LLP as Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm to the Company for the
fiscal year ending December 31, 2016.
Such other matters as may come properly before the Meeting or any adjournments thereof. Except with
respect to procedural matters incident to the conduct of the Meeting, the Board of Directors is not aware of
any other business to come before the Meeting.
Important Notice Regarding the Availability of Proxy Materials for the 2016 Annual Stockholders’ Meeting
to be Held on May 25, 2016. Pursuant to the rules promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission, we have elected
to provide access to our proxy materials both by: (i) sending you this full set of proxy materials, including a proxy card; and
(ii) notifying you of the availability of our proxy materials on the internet. This Notice and Proxy Statement and our 2015
Annual Report may be accessed at www.gbankmo.com.
BY ORDER OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS
Don M. Gibson
Chairman of the Board
Springfield, Missouri
April 25, 2016
THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS URGES YOU TO SIGN, DATE AND RETURN YOUR PROXY CARD AS SOON
AS POSSIBLE, EVEN IF YOU CURRENTLY PLAN TO ATTEND THE ANNUAL MEETING. THIS WILL NOT
PREVENT YOU FROM VOTING IN PERSON AT THE ANNUAL MEETING IF YOU DESIRE, AND YOU MAY
REVOKE YOUR PROXY BY WRITTEN INSTRUMENT AT ANY TIME PRIOR TO THE VOTE AT THE
ANNUAL MEETING. IF YOU ARE A STOCKHOLDER WHOSE SHARES ARE NOT REGISTERED IN YOUR
OWN NAME, YOU WILL NEED ADDITIONAL DOCUMENTATION FROM YOUR RECORD HOLDER TO
VOTE PERSONALLY AT THE MEETING.
PROXY STATEMENT
This page intentionally left blank
PROXY STATEMENT 1341 W. Battlefield ▪ Springfield, MO 65807
417-520-4333 ▪ www.gbankmo.com
April 25, 2016
Dear Fellow Stockholder:
On behalf of the Board of Directors and management of Guaranty Federal Bancshares, Inc., I cordially invite you
to attend the 2016 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held at the Highland Springs Country Club, 5400 S. Highland
Springs Blvd., Springfield, Missouri, on Wednesday, May 25, 2016 at 6:00 p.m., local time. The attached Notice of Annual
Meeting of Stockholders and Proxy Statement describe the formal business to be transacted at the meeting. Following the
formal meeting, I will report on the operations of the Company. Directors and officers of the Company, as well as
representatives of BKD, LLP, our independent registered public accounting firm, will be present to respond to any questions
that stockholders may have.
Whether or not you plan to attend the meeting, please sign and date the enclosed proxy card and return it in the
accompanying postage-paid return envelope as soon as possible. This will not prevent you from voting in person at the
meeting but will assure that your vote is counted if you are unable to attend the meeting.
Respectfully,
Shaun A. Burke
President and CEO
PROXY STATEMENT
This page intentionally left blank
PROXY STATEMENT GUARANTY FEDERAL BANCSHARES, INC.
1341 WEST BATTLEFIELD
SPRINGFIELD, MISSOURI 65807-4181
_____________________
PROXY STATEMENT
_____________________
This Proxy Statement has been prepared in connection with the solicitation of proxies by the Board of Directors of
Guaranty Federal Bancshares, Inc. (the “Company”) for use at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held on May 25,
2016 (the “Annual Meeting”), and at any adjournment(s) thereof. The Annual Meeting will be held at 6:00 p.m., local time,
at the Highland Springs Country Club, 5400 S. Highland Spring Blvd., Springfield, Missouri. It is anticipated that this Proxy
Statement will be mailed to stockholders on or about April 25, 2016.
RECORD DATE--VOTING--VOTE REQUIRED FOR APPROVAL
All persons who were holders of record of the common stock, par value $0.10 per share (“Common Stock”) of the
Company at the close of business on April 4, 2016 (“Record Date”) will be entitled to cast votes at the Annual Meeting.
Voting may be by proxy or in person. As of the Record Date, the Company had 4,431,470 shares of Common Stock issued
and outstanding.
Holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Common Stock entitled to vote, represented in person or by proxy,
will constitute a quorum for purposes of transacting business at the Annual Meeting.
Stockholders are urged to indicate their vote in the appropriate spaces on the proxy card. Each proxy solicited hereby,
if properly executed, duly returned to the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board of Directors” or the “Board”) and
not revoked prior to the Annual Meeting, will be voted at the Annual Meeting in accordance with the stockholder’s
instructions indicated thereon. Where no instructions are indicated, proxies will be voted by those named in the proxies FOR
the approval of the specific proposals presented in this Proxy Statement and on the proxy card and in the discretion of those
named in the proxies upon any other business that may properly come before the Annual Meeting or any adjournment thereof.
Each stockholder shall have one vote for each share of Common Stock owned. No appraisal or dissenters’ rights exist for any
action to be taken at the Annual Meeting.
A stockholder giving a proxy has the power to revoke the proxy at any time before it is exercised by filing with the
Secretary of the Company written instructions revoking the proxy. A duly executed proxy bearing a later date will be
sufficient to revoke an earlier proxy. The proxy executed by a stockholder who attends the Annual Meeting will be revoked
only if that stockholder files the proper written instrument with the Secretary prior to the end of the voting at the Annual
Meeting.
To the extent necessary to assure sufficient representation at the Annual Meeting, proxies may be solicited by
officers, directors and regular employees of the Company personally, by telephone, by internet or by further correspondence.
Officers, directors and regular employees of the Company will not be compensated for their solicitation efforts. The cost of
soliciting proxies from stockholders will be borne by the Company. The Company will also reimburse brokerage firms and
other custodians, nominees and fiduciaries for reasonable expenses incurred by them in sending proxy materials to the
beneficial owners of Common Stock.
Regardless of the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock owned, it is important that stockholders be
represented by proxy or be present in person at the Annual Meeting. In order for any proposals considered at the Annual
Meeting to be approved by the Company’s stockholders, a quorum must be present. Stockholders are requested to vote by
completing the enclosed proxy card and returning it signed and dated in the enclosed postage-paid envelope.
Proxies marked as abstentions and broker non-votes (as defined below) will be treated as shares present for purposes
of determining whether a quorum is present. Proxies marked as abstentions will not be counted as votes cast and will not
affect the election of directors, advisory approval of executive compensation, or ratification of BKD, LLP as the independent
registered public accounting firm. Brokers are entitled to vote the shares they hold for their customers in “street name” on
routine matters when the customers (i.e. the “beneficial owners”) do not instruct the brokers how to vote the customer’s
shares. Only Proposal Three, regarding the ratification of BKD, LLP as Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, is
deemed to be a routine matter. Brokers will be entitled to vote shares of Common Stock they hold in street name on Proposal
1
PROXY STATEMENT
Three in the absence of instructions on how to vote by the beneficial owners. Proposals One, and Two are not deemed to be
routine matters and, as such, brokers are not entitled to vote shares of Common Stock they hold in street name on Proposals
One and Two in the absence of instructions on how to vote from the beneficial owners. These are referred to as “broker non-
votes.” Broker non-votes will not be counted as votes cast, and therefore will not affect the election of directors or advisory
approval of executive compensation.
Directors are elected by a plurality of votes of the shares represented in person or by proxy at the Annual Meeting.
The proposals to approve executive compensation (advisory), and to ratify the selection of the independent registered public
accounting firm require the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes cast on such matters.
SECURITIES OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT
Persons and groups owning in excess of 5% of the Common Stock are required to file certain reports regarding such
ownership pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). The Certificate of
Incorporation of the Company restricts the voting by persons who beneficially own in excess of 10% of the outstanding
shares of Common Stock. This restriction does not apply to employee benefit plans of the Company. The following table sets
forth, as of the Record Date, persons or groups who are known by the Company to beneficially own more than 5% of the
Common Stock.
Name and Address
of Beneficial Owner
Amount and
Nature of Beneficial
Ownership
Percent of Total
Outstanding
Common Shares
Castle Creek Capital Partners V, LP
6051 El Tordo
Racho Santa Fe, CA 92067 ..............................................................
FJ Capital Management, LLC
1313 Dolley Madison Blvd, Ste 306
McLean, VA 22101 ..........................................................................
Banc Funds Co LLC
20 North Wacker Drive, Suite 3300
Chicago, IL 60606 ............................................................................
425,500 (1)
9.60%
300,715 (2)
6.79%
230,971 (3)
5.21%
(1)
(2)
(3)
Information based on a joint schedule 13G/A filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 11,
2014 by Castle Creek Capital Partners V, LP (“Fund V”), Castle Creek Capital V LLC (“CCC V”), John M. Eggmeyer
III, Mark G. Merlo, John T. Pietrzak and J. Mikesell Thomas as the “Reporting Persons.” Each of the Reporting Persons
may be deemed to be the beneficial owner of the 425,500 Common Shares held directly by Fund V. CCC V is the sole
general partner of Fund V. Mr. Eggemeyer, Mr. Merlo, Mr. Pietrzak, and Mr. Thomas share voting and dispositive
power over the 425,500 shares beneficially owned by Fund V, due to the fact that each is a managing principal of CCC
V. CCC V, Mr. Eggemeyer, Mr. Merlo, Mr. Pietrzak, and Mr. Thomas each disclaim beneficial ownership of the
Common Shares, except to the extent of their respective pecuniary interest in Fund V.
Information based on a joint schedule 13G/A filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 10, 2016
by FJ Capital Management LLC (“FJ”), Financial Opportunity Fund (“FOF”), Martin S. Friedman, Bridge Equities III
LLC (BE III”), Bridge Equities VIII LLC (“BE VIII”), Bridge Equities IX LLC (“BE IX”), Bridge Equities X LLC
(“BE X”), SunBridge Manager LLC (“SB Manger”), SunBridge Holdings LLC (“SB Holdings”) and Realty Investment
Company Inc. (“RIC”) as the “Reporting Persons.” The Schedule 13G/A reports shared voting and investment power
over the shares as follows: FJ (300,715 voting and 54,938 investment), FOF (38,127 voting and investment), BE III
(243,686 voting and investment), BE VIII (419 voting and investment), BE IX (627 voting and investment), BE X
(1,045 voting and investment), Mr. Friedman (300,715 voting and 54,938 investment), SB Manager (245,777 voting
and investment), SB Holdings (245,777 voting and investment) and RIC (245,777 voting and investment).
Information based on a joint schedule 13G filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 9, 2016 by
Banc Fund VI L.P. (“BF VI”), Banc Fund VII L.P. (“BF VII”), Banc Fund VIII L.P. (“BF VIII”) and Banc Fund IX
L.P. (“BF IX”) as the “Reporting Persons.” The general partner of the general partners of BF VI, BF VII, BF VIII and
BF IX is The Banc Fund Company, L.L.C., whose principal shareholder is Charles J. Moore. Mr. Moore has voting
and dipositive power over the shares held by each entity. BF VII holds sole voting and investment power over 65,100
shares; BF VIII holds sole voting and investment power over 150,900 shares; BF IX holds sole voting and investment
power over 14,971 shares.
2
PROXY STATEMENT
The following table sets forth certain information as of the Record Date, with respect to the shares of the Company’s
Common Stock beneficially owned by each of the directors, nominees for director and Named Executive Officers (see section
titled “Summary Compensation Table”) of the Company, and the total shares beneficially owned by directors and executive
officers as a group. The Company’s policy is for each director to own a minimum of 2,500 shares, exclusive of stock grants
and non-exercised stock options. Directors with less than five years of experience on the Board are required to own a
minimum of 500 shares for each full year of service on the Board, up to 2,500 shares. Less than 1% stock ownership is shown
below with an asterisk (*).
Name of Beneficial Owner
Don Gibson ....................................................................................
Shaun A. Burke ..............................................................................
Kurt Hellweg ..................................................................................
Tim Rosenbury ...............................................................................
Jamie Sivils, III ..............................................................................
James Batten ..................................................................................
John Griesemer ...............................................................................
David Moore ..................................................................................
Greg Horton ...................................................................................
Carter Peters ...................................................................................
H. Michael Mattson ........................................................................
Sheri Biser ......................................................................................
Robin Robeson ...............................................................................
Total owned by all directors and executive officers as a group
Amount and
Nature of Beneficial
Ownership (1)
93,406 (2)
74,921 (3)
93,423 (4)
28,765 (5)
25,607 (6)
49,562 (7)
94,051
3,316
1,167
31,093 (8)
46,606 (9)
15,224(10)
11,168
Percent of Total
Outstanding
Common Shares
2.1%
1.7%
2.1%
*
*
1.1%
2.1%
*
*
*
1.0%
*
*
(Thirteen persons) .........................................................................
568,309(11)
12.5%
(1) Amounts may include shares held directly, as well as shares held jointly with family members, in retirement accounts,
in a fiduciary capacity, by certain family members, by certain related entities or by trusts of which the directors and
executive officers are trustees or substantial beneficiaries, with respect to which shares the respective director or
executive officer may be deemed to have sole or shared voting and/or investment powers. Due to the rules for
determining beneficial ownership, the same securities may be attributed as being beneficially owned by more than one
person. The holders may disclaim beneficial ownership of the included shares which are owned by or with family
members, trust or other entities.
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
(8)
(9)
(10)
(11)
Includes
Includes
Includes
Includes
Includes
Includes
Includes
Includes
Includes
Includes
2,500 shares that may be acquired within 60 days of the Record Date through the exercise of options.
20,000 shares that may be acquired within 60 days of the Record Date through the exercise of options.
2,500 shares that may be acquired within 60 days of the Record Date through the exercise of options.
7,500 shares that may be acquired within 60 days of the Record Date through the exercise of options.
7,500 shares that may be acquired within 60 days of the Record Date through the exercise of options.
32,500 shares that may be acquired within 60 days of the Record Date through the exercise of options.
5,000 shares that may be acquired within 60 days of the Record Date through the exercise of options.
15,000 shares that may be acquired within 60 days of the Record Date through the exercise of options.
6,500 shares that may be acquired within 60 days of the Record Date through the exercise of options.
99,000 shares that may be acquired within 60 days of the Record Date through the exercise of options.
3
PROXY STATEMENT
SECTION 16(a) BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP REPORTING COMPLIANCE
Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act requires the Company’s officers and directors, and persons who own more than
10% of the Common Stock, to file reports detailing their ownership and changes of ownership in the Common Stock with
the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) and to furnish the Company with copies of all such ownership reports.
Based solely on the Company’s review of the copies of the ownership reports furnished to the Company, and written
representations relative to the filing of certain forms, the Company believes that all Section 16(a) filing requirements
applicable to its officers and directors, and persons who own more than 10% of the Common Stock, were complied with
during the 2015 fiscal year. However, during the first quarter of 2016, the following late filing occurred for the following
reporting person: Greg A. Horton (one report involving one transaction).
FIRST PROPOSAL: ELECTION OF DIRECTORS
With the pending retirement of Mr. Gibson, the number of directors constituting the Board will be eight, with one
director position currently vacant. The Board is divided into three classes. The term of office of one class of directors expires
each year in rotation so that the class up for election at each annual meeting of stockholders has served for a three-year term.
The terms of two of the present directors (Messrs. Rosenbury and Horton) are expiring at the Annual Meeting.
Messrs. Rosenbury and Horton have been nominated, upon the recommendation of the Nominating Committee of
the Board, by the Board and, upon election at the Annual Meeting, will hold office for a three-year term expiring in 2019 or
until their successors are elected and qualified. Each nominee has indicated that he is willing and able to serve as a director
if elected and has consented to being named as a nominee in this Proxy Statement.
Unless otherwise specified on the proxies received by the Company, it is intended that proxies received in response
to this solicitation will be voted in favor of the election of each person named in the following table to be a director of the
Company for the term as indicated, or until his successor is elected and qualified. There are no arrangements or
understandings between the nominees or directors and any other person pursuant to which any such person was or is selected
as a director or nominee.
4
PROXY STATEMENT
THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS UNANIMOUSLY RECOMMENDS
THAT YOU VOTE FOR THE FOLLOWING NOMINEES.
Nominees for Three-Year Terms Expiring 2019
Name
Tim Rosenbury
Greg A. Horton
Age (1)
59
56
Director Since
2002
2016
Current Term Expires
2016
2016
In addition to the two nominees proposed to serve on the Board as described above, the following individuals are
also directors of the Company, each serving for the current term indicated.
Directors Who Are Not Nominees
Who Will Continue in Office After the Annual Meeting
Name
John F. Griesemer
James L. Sivils, III
David T. Moore
Shaun A. Burke
Kurt D. Hellweg
James R. Batten
(1) As of the Record Date
Biographical Information
Age (1)
48
51
45
52
58
53
Director Since
2008
2002
2014
2004
2000
2006
Current Term Expires
2017
2017
2017
2018
2018
2018
Set forth below are brief summaries of the background and business experience, including principal occupation, of
each nominee and director currently serving on the Board of Directors of the Company.
Tim Rosenbury, AIA, is Managing Partner of Butler, Rosenbury & Partners, Inc., an architecture, engineering, and
planning firm in Springfield, Missouri. Mr. Rosenbury joined the firm in 1984 after practicing in Memphis, Tennessee. He
graduated with a B.Arch. from Mississippi State University in 1980, which in 1999 awarded him the designation of Alumni
Fellow. He is a member of a number of professional and civic organizations, for many of which he has held leadership
positions, including Chairman of the Springfield Area Chamber of Commerce and currently, Vice President of the Board of
Education for Springfield Public Schools. Mr. Rosenbury brings to the Board strong community leadership and significant
experience in general business and real estate development and management.
Greg A. Horton, CPA, is chief executive officer, co-founder, and co-owner of Integrity Pharmacy and Integrity
Home Care, a multi-line home care enterprise that employs 2,400 and serves over 5,000 clients in Missouri and Kansas. Prior
to launching Integrity Home Care in 2000, Mr. Horton was a partner in the accounting firm Whitlock, Selim & Keehn,
LLP. He has over twenty years of experience in public accounting with an emphasis in management consulting, information
systems, and auditing services. Mr. Horton holds a Bachelor of Science in Business Administration with an Accounting
Specialization from Central Missouri State University. He is a member of the American Institute of Certified Public
Accountants, and has been active in board and volunteer service with the Fellowship of Christian Athletes, Boys & Girls
Town of Missouri, Rotary Club of Springfield Southeast, and the Springfield Area Chamber of Commerce. Mr. Horton’s
expertise in large service-based organizations and his background in public accounting make him a valuable resource to the
Board.
5
PROXY STATEMENT
James R. Batten, CPA, is a management consultant serving businesses and non-profit organizations. Mr. Batten
was the Executive Vice President of Convoy of Hope, an international nonprofit relief organization from April 2009 through
February 2014. Mr. Batten served as Chief Operations Officer and Executive Vice President of AG Financial Solutions from
September 2007 through March 2009. Mr. Batten served as the Executive Vice President of Finance, Chief Financial Officer
and Treasurer of O’Reilly Automotive, Inc. (NASDAQ: ORLY) from January 1993 through March 2007. Prior to joining
O’Reilly, Mr. Batten was employed by the accounting firms of Whitlock, Selim & Keehn, from 1986 to 1993 and Deloitte,
Haskins & Sells from 1984 until 1986. Mr. Batten is a member of the board of AG Financial Solutions, Foundation Capital
Resources and Treasurer of Hope Church. Mr. Batten is a former member of the NASDAQ Issuer Affairs Committee. He has
also served on a number of other professional and civic boards including the Springfield Area Chamber of Commerce, Big
Brothers Big Sisters of the Ozarks and New Covenant Academy. Mr. Batten’s accounting expertise, public company
background and community involvement make him a valuable resource to the Board.
Shaun A. Burke joined the Bank in March 2004 as President and Chief Executive Officer and was appointed
President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company on February 28, 2005. He has over 30 years of banking experience.
Mr. Burke received a Bachelor of Science Degree in Finance from Missouri State University and is a graduate of the Graduate
School of Banking of Colorado. Mr. Burke currently serves on the board of the Missouri Bankers Association as Vice
Chairman of the Legislative Affairs Committee and was previously Chairman of the Audit Committee. In 2014, he began a
three-year term on the Community Bankers Council of the American Bankers Association. In March 2016 he was appointed
to the Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis’ Community Depository Institutions Advisory Council. From 2012 to 2014, he was
a Board Member of the Springfield Area Chamber of Commerce serving as Vice Chairman of Economic Development in
2014. From 2009 through 2014, he was a Board Member of the Springfield Business Development Corporation, the economic
development subsidiary of the Springfield Area Chamber of Commerce serving as President in 2012. He is also a past
Member of the United Way Allocations and Agency Relations Executive Committee, Salvation Army Board, and Big
Brothers Big Sisters Board.
Kurt D. Hellweg is the Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of International Dehydrated Foods, Inc.
(“IDF”), American Dehydrated Foods, Inc. (“ADF”), Food Ingredients Technology Company, L.L.C (“FITCO” – a joint
venture with Mars Petcare), and Chairman of the Board of IsoNova Technologies, L.L.C. (“IsoNova” – a joint venture with
Rembrandt Enterprises, Inc.). IDF, ADF, FITCO and IsoNova are privately held companies that manufacture and market
ingredients for both the food and feed industries. Mr. Hellweg joined ADF in 1987 and has previously served as Vice
President of Sales, Senior Vice President of Operations, and President/COO. Prior to joining ADF, Mr. Hellweg was an
officer in the U.S. Navy from 1980 to 1987. During that time, he served tours as a helicopter pilot in the Atlantic Fleet and
as an instructor pilot. Mr. Hellweg holds a B.S. degree in Engineering from the University of Nebraska. He is a past Board
Member of the Springfield Area Chamber of Commerce, the Springfield Area Arts Council, and the Springfield Symphony.
He is the founding member of the Greater Ozarks Chapter of World Presidents’ Organization (“WPO”) (where he is still
active), and has previously chaired the Greater Ozarks Chapter of the Young Presidents’ Organization. He is a Black Belt in
Taekwondo, a member of Mensa, and enjoys competing in ultra-distance bicycling races. He currently serves on the following
Boards: ADF, CoxHealth, the Darr Family Foundation, Environmental Works, Inc., FITCO, Hammons Products Company,
IDF, IsoNova, WPO, and is a Trustee of the ADF profit sharing plan, serving as a Director of the Investment Committee.
6
PROXY STATEMENT
John F. Griesemer is Executive Vice President, Chief Operations Officer and member of the Board of Directors of
Springfield Underground, Inc. Springfield Underground, Inc. is a privately held construction materials supplier and real estate
developer in the Springfield, Missouri area. Mr. Griesemer previously served as Area Manager and General Manager of
Springfield Underground, Inc. related companies and as a management trainee with Vulcan Materials Company in Northern
Virginia. Mr. Griesemer holds a B.S. degree in Industrial Management and Engineering from Purdue University. He is the
Chairman of the Board of Mercy Springfield Communities and an officer of Missouri Limestone Producers Association. He
is a past Member of the Board of Catholic Campus Ministries, Junior Achievement of the Ozarks and Ozark Technical
Community College Foundation. Mr. Griesemer brings to the Board a strong organizational and leadership background,
management experience and deep ties in the local community.
James L. Sivils, III, JD, is the CEO of Environmental Works, Inc., a Springfield Missouri based environmental
consulting firm. Mr. Sivils worked as an attorney from 1990-1993. Since 1993, Mr. Sivils has been a licensed Missouri Real
Estate Broker and Developer and has developed numerous commercial and residential projects in Southwest Missouri. Mr.
Sivils holds a J.D. degree from the University of Missouri – Kansas City Law School and a B.A. degree from the University
of Missouri – Columbia. Mr. Sivils is a member and past Chapter Chair of the Ozarks Chapter of the Young Presidents’
Organization. Mr. Sivils legal background and knowledge and experience with real estate matters make him a valuable
resource to the Board.
David T. Moore is President, Chief Executive Officer, and member of the Board of Directors of Paul Mueller
Company. Paul Mueller Company is a publicly held manufacturer of milk cooling equipment and processing equipment
headquartered in Springfield, Missouri. Mr. Moore has worked at Paul Mueller Company since 2002, serving as the President
since 2011. Additionally, he has been a member of the company’s Board of Directors since 1997. Prior to joining Paul Mueller
Company, Mr. Moore was Vice President of Product Development at Corporate Document Systems, a computer software
company, for six years. Mr. Moore holds an MBA from The University of Chicago - Booth School of Business and a B.A.
from Middlebury College. Mr. Moore is a valuable asset to the Board due to his significant experience in public company
management, corporate governance, business acquisition and integration, and information and technology development. In
addition, Mr. Moore has long-term personal and business ties to the local community.
Director Independence
The Board has determined that all of the directors, except for Mr. Burke who is an executive officer of the Company,
are “independent directors” as that term is defined in Rule 5605(a) (2) of the Marketplace Rules of The Nasdaq Stock Market
(“Nasdaq”). These directors constitute a majority of the Board.
Board Leadership Structure
Throughout its history, the Company has kept the positions of Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer
separate. Currently, Mr. Gibson holds the position of Chairman of the Board and Mr. Burke holds the position of Chief
Executive Officer. Mr. Gibson is considered to be “independent” according to NASDAQ listing requirements.
The Board believes that having separate positions and having an independent outside director serve as Chairman is
the appropriate leadership structure for the Company at this time and demonstrates our commitment to good corporate
governance. Separating these positions allows our Chief Executive Officer to focus on our day-to-day business, while
allowing the Chairman to lead the Board in its fundamental role of providing advice to and independent oversight of
management. We believe that having an independent Chairman eliminates the conflicts of interest that may arise when the
positions are held by one person. In addition, this leadership structure allows the Board to more effectively monitor and
evaluate the performance of our Chief Executive Officer.
7
PROXY STATEMENT
Board’s Role in Risk Oversight
It is necessary to effectively manage risk when managing and operating every financial institution. We face a number
of risks, including but not limited to, general economic risks, credit risks, regulatory risks, audit risks, reputational risks, and
business competition. Management is responsible for the day-to-day management of risks the Company faces, while the
Board, as a whole and through its committees, has responsibility for the general oversight of risk management. In its role of
risk oversight, the Board has the responsibility to satisfy itself that the risk management processes and procedures designed
and implemented by management are appropriate and functioning as designed.
While the full Board is charged with ultimate oversight responsibility for risk management, various committees of
the Board and members of management also have specific responsibilities with respect to our risk oversight. Each Board
committee has been assigned oversight responsibility for specific areas of risk and risk management, and each committee
considers risks within its areas of responsibility. Each of these committees receives regular reports from management
regarding our risks and reports regularly to the Board concerning risk.
We believe that providing for full and open communication between management and the Board is essential for
effective risk management and oversight. Certain senior management personnel, consistent with their specific areas of
responsibility, attend Board meetings and/or Board committee meetings on a regular and consistent basis. We have regular
and ongoing reporting and communication mechanisms in place to ensure that oversight is effective.
Meetings and Committees of the Board of Directors
The business of the Company is conducted at regular and special meetings of the full Board of Directors and its
standing committees. The standing committees consist of the Executive, Audit, Compensation, Investment, Nominating and
Special. During the twelve months ended December 31, 2015, the Board held twelve regular meetings and one Strategic
Planning Meeting. No director attended less than 75% of those meetings and the meetings held by all committees of the
Board of Directors on which he served.
Although the Company does not have a formal policy regarding director attendance at the Company’s annual
stockholders’ meeting, all directors are expected to attend these annual meetings absent extenuating circumstances. All
current directors, except Mr. Griesemer, attended the Company’s annual meeting of stockholders held on May 27, 2015.
Stockholder Communications with Directors
Stockholders and other interested persons who wish to communicate with the Board of Directors of the Company,
or any individual director, should send their written correspondence by mail to: Vicki Lindsay, Secretary, Guaranty Federal
Bancshares, Inc., 1341 West Battlefield, Springfield, Missouri 65807.
Audit Committee
The Company has a separately designated Audit Committee established in accordance with Section 3(a)(58)(A) of
the Exchange Act. The Audit Committee of the Board currently consists of five directors: Messrs. Batten, Hellweg,
Rosenbury, Moore and Sivils, each of whom is an “independent director” as defined under the NASDAQ listing standards
and the criteria for independence set forth in Rule 10A-3 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. The Board has determined
that Mr. Batten qualifies as an Audit Committee Financial Expert, as defined in the rules and regulations of the SEC. This
standing committee, among other things, (i) regularly meets with the internal auditor to review audit programs and the results
of audits of specific areas as well as other regulatory compliance issues, (ii) meets at least annually in executive session with
the Company’s independent auditors to review the results of the annual audit and other related matters, and (iii) meets
quarterly with management and the independent auditors to review the Company’s financial statements and significant
findings based on the independent auditor’s review. The Audit Committee is responsible for hiring, retaining, compensating
and terminating the Company’s independent auditors. The Audit Committee operates under a written charter adopted by the
Company’s Board of Directors. A copy of the Audit Committee Charter was included as Appendix B to the Proxy Statement
prepared in connection with the annual meeting of stockholders held on May 27, 2015.
During the twelve months ended December 31, 2015, the Audit Committee met six times.
8
PROXY STATEMENT
Nominating Committee
The Nominating Committee of the Board is composed of four or more directors as appointed by the Board, each of
whom are required to be an “independent director” as defined under the NASDAQ listing standards. Currently, the
Nominating Committee consists of four directors, Messrs. Rosenbury, Sivils, Moore and Gibson, each of whom is an
“independent director.” During the twelve months ended December 31, 2015, the Nominating Committee met two times. The
Nominating Committee operates under a formal written charter adopted by the Board of Directors. A copy of the Nominating
Committee Charter was included as Appendix A to the Proxy Statement prepared in connection with the annual meeting of
stockholders held on May 28, 2014.
The Nominating Committee is responsible for identifying individuals qualified to serve as members of the Board
and recommending to the Board the director nominees for election and appointment to the Board, as well as director nominees
for each of the committees of the Board. In accordance with its charter, the Nominating Committee recommends candidates
(including incumbent nominees) based on the following criteria: business experience, education, integrity and reputation,
independence, conflicts of interest, diversity, age, number of other directorships and commitments (including charitable
obligations), tenure on the Board, attendance at Board and committee meetings, stock ownership, specialized knowledge
(such as an understanding of banking, accounting, marketing, finance, regulation and public policy) and a commitment to the
Company’s communities and shared values, as well as overall experience in the context of the needs of the Board as a whole.
The Committee monitors the mix of skills and experience of its directors and committee members in order to assess whether
the Board has the appropriate tools to perform its oversight function effectively. The Committee does not have a separate
diversity policy, but the Nominating Committee does consider the diversity of its directors and nominees in terms of
knowledge, experience, skills, expertise, and other demographics which may contribute to the Board.
With respect to nominating existing directors, the Nominating Committee reviews relevant information available to
it and assesses their continued ability and willingness to serve as a director. The Nominating Committee will also assess such
person’s contribution in light of the mix of skills and experience the Nominating Committee has deemed appropriate for the
Board as a whole. With respect to nominations of new directors, the Nominating Committee will conduct a thorough search
to identify candidates based upon criteria the Nominating Committee deems appropriate and considering the mix of skills
and experience necessary to complement existing members of the Board. The Nominating Committee will then review
selected candidates and make its recommendation to the Board.
Nominations by a stockholder will be considered by the Nominating Committee if such nomination is written and
delivered or mailed by first class United States mail, postage prepaid, to the Secretary of the Company between 30 and 60
days prior to the meeting at which such nominee may be considered. However, if less than 31 days’ notice of the meeting is
given by the Company to stockholders, written notice of the stockholder nomination must be given to the Secretary of the
Company as provided above no later than the tenth day after notice of the meeting was mailed to stockholders. A nomination
must set forth, with respect to the nominee, (i) name, age, and addresses, (ii) principal occupation or employment, (iii)
Common Stock beneficially owned, and (iv) other information that would be required in a proxy statement. The stockholder
giving notice must list his or her name and address, as they appear on the Company’s books, and the amount of Common
Stock beneficially owned by him or her. In addition, the stockholder making such nomination must promptly provide to the
Company any other information reasonably requested by the Company. Nominations from stockholders will be considered
and evaluated using the same criteria as all other nominations.
9
PROXY STATEMENT
Compensation Committee
The Board of Directors of the Company and the Board of Directors of the Bank are comprised of the same persons.
The Compensation Committee of the Bank’s Board of Directors, which consists solely of non-employee directors of the
Bank, is comprised of Messrs. Hellweg, Batten, Moore and Griesemer. As indicated above, each of these committee members
is an “independent director” as defined under the NASDAQ listing standards. The Company has no employees and relies on
employees of the Bank for the limited services received by the Company. All compensation paid to executive officers of the
Company is paid by the Bank.
The Compensation Committee, together with the full Board, is responsible for designing the compensation and
benefit plans for all employees, executive officers and directors of the Company and the Bank, including the Chief Executive
Officer, based on its review of performance measures, industry salary surveys and the recommendations of management
concerning compensation (See “Report on Executive Compensation”). The Compensation Committee recommends
adjustments to the compensation of the Chief Executive Officer and the other Named Executive Officers of the Company
based upon its assessment of individual performance and the Bank’s performance, and makes other recommendations, when
appropriate, to the full Board of Directors. Independent consultants may be engaged directly by the Compensation Committee
to evaluate the Company’s executive compensation. The Compensation Committee, together with the full Board, determines
the compensation of all other officers. The Compensation Committee may delegate its authority to a subcommittee of the
Compensation Committee.
During the twelve months ended December 31, 2015, the Compensation Committee met three times. The
Compensation Committee operates under a formal written charter adopted by the Company’s Board of Directors. A copy of
the Compensation Committee Charter was included as Appendix B to the Proxy Statement prepared in connection with the
annual meeting of stockholders held on May 28, 2014.
REPORT OF THE COMPENSATION COMMITTEE
Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation
Since August 2002, the Compensation Committee of the Board has consisted of non-employee directors of the Bank.
Prior to March 2005, Mr. Gibson served as the President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company and the Bank, but
during 2015 he was not a member of the Compensation Committee. In addition, Mr. Burke, the current President and Chief
Executive Officer of the Company and the Bank, did not serve as a member of the Compensation Committee during 2015.
No executive officer of the Company served on the Compensation Committee or Board of Directors of any company that
employed any member of the Company’s Compensation Committee or Board of Directors.
COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
Overall Compensation Philosophy and Objectives
The Compensation Committee, together with the full Board, has designed the compensation and benefit plans for
all employees, executive officers and directors in order to attract and retain individuals who have the skills, experience and
work ethic to provide a coordinated work force that will effectively and efficiently carry out the policies adopted by the Board
and to manage the Company and the Bank to meet the Company’s mission, goals and objectives.
To determine the compensation of executive officers and directors, the Compensation Committee reviews industry
compensation statistics based on our asset size, makes cost of living adjustments, and establishes salary ranges for each
executive officer and fees for the Board. The Compensation Committee then reviews (i) the financial performance of the
Bank over the most recently completed fiscal year (including Return on Assets, Return on Equity, asset quality, etc.)
compared to results at comparable companies within the industry, and (ii) the responsibilities and performance of each
executive officer and the salary compensation levels of each executive officer compared to like positions at comparable
companies within the industry. The Compensation Committee evaluates all factors subjectively in the sense that they do not
attempt to tie any factors to a specific level of compensation.
10
PROXY STATEMENT
The Compensation Committee offers long-term incentives for executive officers and other management personnel
primarily in the form of stock option and restricted stock awards. We believe that our stock award programs are an important
component of compensation to attract and retain talented executives, provide an incentive for long-term corporate
performance, and to align the long-term interests of executives and stockholders.
All executive officers may participate on an equal, non-discriminatory basis in the Bank’s contributory 401(k) tax-
deferred savings plan, medical insurance plan, long-term disability plan and group life insurance plan. The Compensation
Committee of the Bank recommends all compensation and benefit plans to the full Board for approval annually.
Executive Compensation Philosophy and Objectives
The Compensation Committee is guided by the following four key principles in determining the compensation of
the Company’s executive officers:
● Competition. The Committee believes that compensation should reflect the competitive marketplace, so the
Company can attract, retain and motivate talented personnel.
● Accountability for Business Performance. Compensation should be tied in part to the Company’s financial
performance, so that executives are held accountable through their compensation for the performance of the
Company.
● Accountability for Individual Performance. Compensation should be tied in part to the individual’s performance to
reflect individual contributions to the Company’s performance.
● Alignment with Stockholder Interests. Compensation should be tied in part to the Company’s stock performance
through long-term incentives such as restricted stock, to align the executive’s interests with those of the Company’s
stockholders.
Report of Executive Compensation
The compensation of the Chief Executive Officer (the “CEO”) and other Named Executive Officers (or “NEOs”) is
recommended by the Compensation Committee with final approval from the full Board. The CEO is not a member of the
Compensation Committee and does not attend any Compensation Committee meetings unless specifically requested to do so
by the Chairman of the Compensation Committee. The CEO may act as a key discussion partner with the Compensation
Committee members to provide information regarding business context, the market environment and our strategic direction.
The CEO also provides recommendations to the Compensation Committee on individual performance evaluations and
compensation for the NEOs, other than himself. The Compensation Committee strives to provide total compensation that is
aligned and competitive with compensation data compiled in 2014 by its compensation consultant, ChaseCompGroup, LLC,
based on a peer group of selected publicly-traded companies within the banking industry, a similar geographic location and
with comparable financial performance. The peer group provides a reference point when making pay decisions and
benchmarking short-term and long-term incentive plan awards and mechanics. The compensation packages reflect a range
based on this analysis, augmented by the performance of the individual executive officer and the Company. Grants under the
various equity plans described below provide long-term incentive to stay with the Company, but should not replace, or
override, maintenance of the compensation range established from the peer group.
The Compensation Committee has reviewed all components of the CEO’s and the other NEOs compensation,
including salary, bonus, accumulated and realized and unrealized stock options and restricted stock awards. Based on this
review, the Committee finds the CEO’s and other NEOs total compensation in the aggregate to be reasonable and not
excessive. It should be noted that when the Compensation Committee considers any component of the CEO’s and NEOs total
compensation, the aggregate amounts and mix of all the components, including accumulated and realized and unrealized
stock options and restricted stock awards, are taken into consideration in the Committee’s decisions.
The Compensation Committee did not utilize the services of an independent compensation consultant during 2015.
11
PROXY STATEMENT
COMPENSATION COMMITTEE REPORT
The Compensation Committee reviewed and discussed the Compensation Discussion and Analysis included in this
Statement with management. Based on such review and discussion, the Compensation Committee recommended to the Board
of Directors that the Compensation Discussion and Analysis be included in this Statement for filing with the SEC.
In view of the current economic and financial environment, the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors
has reviewed the design and operation of the Company's incentive compensation arrangements, including the performance
objectives and target levels used in connection with incentive awards and evaluated the relationship between the Company's
risk management policies and practices and these arrangements. The Compensation Committee’s review was designed to
assess whether any aspect of the compensation program would encourage any of the Company’s executives to take any
unnecessary or inappropriate risks that could threaten the value of the Company or the Bank.
The Committee members identified the risks that the Company faces that could threaten its value. These risks
include, but are not limited to, the following:
Information and technology risk
Interest rate risk
● Credit risk
● Liquidity risk
●
● Market risk
● Operation/transactional risk
●
● Fiduciary/litigation risk
● Compliance risk
● Environmental risk
● Reputation risk
● Financial risk
● Fraud risk
The Compensation Committee also reviewed and discussed materials on compensation risk assessment, including
information on executive compensation design and administrative features that could induce excessive risk taking. In this
regard, the performance objectives contained in our annual incentive compensation plan have been balanced with those
contained in our long-term incentive compensation plan to ensure that both are aligned and consistent with our long-term
business plan, our mix of equity-based awards has been allocated to ensure an appropriate combination of incentive and
retention objectives, and our stock ownership guidelines have been established to ensure that the interests of our Senior
Executive Officers have been aligned with the interests of our stockholders.
THE COMPENSATION COMMITTEE
Kurt D. Hellweg
James R. Batten
David T. Moore
John F. Griesemer
12
PROXY STATEMENT
Summary Compensation Table
The following table sets forth information with respect to the compensation awarded to, paid to or earned for the
periods indicated by the CEO, the Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”), the Chief Lending Officer (“CLO”), the Chief Credit
Officer (“CCO”) and the Chief Operating Officer (“COO”). These executive officers are collectively referred to as the NEOs.
During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015, no other person served as the CEO or CFO of the Company, and no other
executive officer received annual compensation that exceeded $100,000.
Name and
Principal Position Year
Salary (1)
Bonus
(2)
Stock
Awards
(3)
Option
Awards
Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
Nonqualified
Deferred
Compensation
All Other
Compensation
Total
Compensation
-
Carter Peters
EVP/CFO
Shaun A. Burke
President/CEO
2015 $ 300,600 $ 47,846 $ 63,601 $
2014 300,600 31,796 60,422
-
2013 300,600
2015 180,000 36,000 35,987
2014 180,000 17,990 21,006
-
2013 180,000 10,503
H.Michael Mattson 2015 168,333 17,125 20,474
2014 164,625 10,235 26,937
EVP/CLO
2013 159,958 13,469
-
2015 165,833 17,179 20,396
2014 149,638 10,196 24,496
2013 145,263 12,248
-
2015 187,833 38,000 47,167
2014 176,583 23,580 32,116
-
2013 171,833 16,058
Robin Robeson
EVP/COO
Sheri Biser
EVP/CCO
- $
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- $
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- $
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
14,620 (4) $
19,152 (4)
14,536 (4)
12,840 (5)
12,266 (5)
11,714 (5)
11,449 (6)
11,316 (6)
11,631 (6)
7,041 (7)
5,986 (7)
5,811 (7)
7,513 (8)
7,063 (8)
6,873 (8)
426,667
411,970
315,136
264,827
231,262
202,217
217,381
213,113
185,058
210,449
190,316
163,322
280,513
239,342
194,764
(1) No director fees were paid to Mr. Burke for any of the years presented.
(2) Cash bonuses were awarded to NEOs in accordance with established Executive Incentive Compensation Annual
Plans.
(3) This column represents compensation related to restricted stock awards granted in 2015 and 2014.
Amounts represent the aggregate grant date fair value computed in accordance with Accounting Standards
Codification Topic 718 (“ASC Topic 718”) of time-vested restricted stock granted. No assumptions were necessary
to determine the fair value. The number of shares and grant price of restricted stock awarded to each of the
executives was as follows: Mr. Burke: 2015 – 4,300 shares at a per share grant price of $14.79; 2014 - 5,543 shares
at a per share grant price of $10.90; Mr. Peters: 2015 – 2,433 shares at a per share grant price of $14.79; 2014 –
1,927 shares at a per share grant price of $10.90; Mr. Mattson: 2015 – 1,384 shares at a per share grant price of
$14.79; 2014 - 2,471 shares at a per share grant price of $10.90; Ms. Biser: 2015 – 1,379 shares at a per share grant
price of $14.79; 2014 – 2,247 shares at a per share grant price of $10.90, respectively; and Ms. Robeson: 2015 –
3,189 shares at a per share grant price of $14.79; 2014 – 2,946 shares at a per share grant price of $10.90. The
restricted stock grants cliff vest three years after the grant date.
(4) Amount includes payments of $9,314, $9,148 and $8,948 in 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively, to Mr. Burke for
the Company’s 401(k) matching contribution and payments of $5,306, $10,004 and $5,588, respectively, for
country club dues.
(5) Amount includes payments of $7,920, $7,620 and $7,200 in 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively, to Mr. Peters for
the Company’s 401(k) matching contribution and payments of $4,920, $4,646 and $4,514, respectively, for country
club dues.
(6) Amount includes payments of $6,733, $6,585 and $6,398 in 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively, to Mr. Mattson for
the Company’s 401(k) matching contribution and payments of $4,716, $4,731 and $5,233, respectively, for country
club dues.
(7) Amount includes payments of $7,041, $5,986 and $5,811 in 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively, to Ms. Biser for
the Company’s 401(k) matching contribution.
(8) Amount includes payments to Ms. Robeson of $7,513, $7,063 and $6,873 in 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively,
for the Company’s 401(k) matching contribution.
13
PROXY STATEMENT
Employment Agreements, Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change-in-Control
On March 24, 2014, the Company entered into Employment Agreements with the NEOs. Each employment
agreement has a term of one year, unless further extended or earlier terminated pursuant to its terms, and sets forth a minimum
base salary payable to the officer and provides that the officer is eligible to participate in the Company’s bonus, incentive,
retirement, health and other insurance benefit plans made available to executive-level employees.
Each employment agreement obligates the Company to pay the officer severance in the event the officer’s
employment is terminated by the Company without cause. In the event of the officer’s involuntary termination without cause
prior to a change in control of the Company (as defined in the employment agreement), each officer other than Mr. Burke
would receive 6 months base pay. Mr. Burke would receive 12 months base pay. Such severance would be made in periodic
installments and is conditioned upon the officer executing a release and waiver of claims in favor of the Company.
In the event of involuntary termination without cause within 12 months after a change in control of the Company,
each officer other than Mr. Burke would receive 12 months base pay. Mr. Burke would receive 24 months base pay. Such
severance would be made in a single lump sum and is conditioned upon the officer executing a release and waiver of claims
in favor of the Company.
As a condition of entering into the employment agreement, each officer has agreed not to divulge any confidential
information during his or her employment or to solicit the Company’s employees or customers for a period of 12 months (24
months in the case of Mr. Burke) following the officer’s termination of employment.
On March 2, 2015, the Company entered into incentive compensation arrangements with respect to bonuses payable
in 2015 for the NEOs, which are further discussed below.
The Compensation Committee approved an incentive compensation plan for Mr. Burke, the Company’s CEO, for
2015. Pursuant to this plan, a maximum amount of 50% of base pay may be paid to Mr. Burke, with the amount of bonus
being based on three possible levels of incentive awards: threshold (25%); target (50%); and maximum (100%). Fifty percent
of the bonus amount will be paid in cash and fifty percent will be paid in the form of restricted stock grants subject to a three
year vesting period. For any amount to be paid, the threshold level of performance must be achieved. The four performance
measurements of the Company (and the weight given to each measurement) applicable to each award level are as follows: (i)
revenue growth (20%); (ii) net interest margin (20%); (iii) pre-tax net income (40%); and (iv) non-performing assets to
average total assets (20%). Certain criteria, however, must be satisfied before an award is paid under this plan.
The Compensation Committee approved an incentive compensation arrangement with respect to Mr. Peters, the
Company’s Chief Financial Officer, for 2015. Pursuant to this plan, a maximum amount of 40% of base pay may be paid to
Mr. Peters, with the amount of bonus being based on three possible levels of incentive awards: threshold (25%); target (50%);
and maximum (100%). Fifty percent of the bonus amount will be paid in cash and fifty percent will be paid in the form of
restricted stock grants subject to a three year vesting period. For any amount to be paid under this plan, the threshold level of
performance must be achieved. The four performance measurements of the Company (and the weight given to each
measurement) applicable to each award level are as follows: (i) revenue growth (30%); (ii) net interest margin (20%); (iii)
efficiency ratio (20%); and (iv) pre-tax net income (30%). Certain criteria, however, must be satisfied before an award is paid
under this plan.
14
PROXY STATEMENT
The Compensation Committee approved an incentive compensation arrangement with respect to Ms. Robeson, the
Company’s Chief Operating Officer, for 2015. Pursuant to this plan, a maximum amount of 40% of base pay may be paid to
Ms. Robeson, with the amount of bonus being based on three possible levels of incentive awards: threshold (25%); target
(50%); and maximum (100%). Fifty percent of the bonus amount will be paid in cash and fifty percent will be paid in the
form of restricted stock grants subject to a three year vesting period. For any amount to be paid under this plan, the threshold
level of performance must be achieved. The four performance measurements of the Company (and the weight given to each
measurement) applicable to each award level are as follows: (i) revenue growth (30%); (ii) net interest margin (20%); (iii)
efficiency ratio (20%); and (iv) pre-tax net income (30%). Certain criteria, however, must be satisfied before an award is paid
under this plan.
The Compensation Committee approved an incentive compensation arrangement with respect to Mr. Mattson, the
Company’s Chief Lending Officer, for 2015. Pursuant to this plan, a maximum amount of 40% of base pay may be paid to
Mr. Mattson, with the amount of bonus being based on three possible levels of incentive awards: threshold (25%); target
(50%); and maximum (100%). Fifty percent of the bonus amount will be paid in cash and fifty percent will be paid in the
form of restricted stock grants subject to a three year vesting period. For any amount to be paid under this plan, the threshold
level of performance must be achieved. The four performance measurements of the Company (and the weight given to each
measurement) applicable to each award level are as follows: (i) revenue growth (20%); (ii) net interest margin (20%); (iii)
pre-tax net income (30%), and (iv) non-performing assets to average total assets (30%). Certain criteria, however, must be
satisfied before an award is paid under this plan.
The Compensation Committee approved an incentive compensation arrangement with respect to Ms. Biser, the
Company’s Chief Credit Officer, for 2015. Pursuant to this plan, a maximum amount of 40% of base pay may be paid to Ms.
Biser, with the amount of bonus being based on three possible levels of incentive awards: threshold (25%); target (50%); and
maximum (100%). Fifty percent of the bonus amount will be paid in cash and fifty percent will be paid in the form of
restricted stock grants subject to a three year vesting period. For any amount to be paid under this plan, the threshold level of
performance must be achieved. The four performance measurements of the Company (and the weight given to each
measurement) applicable to each award level are as follows: (i) revenue growth (20%); (ii) net interest margin (20%); (iii)
pre-tax net income (30%); and (iv) non-performing assets to average total assets (30%). Certain criteria, however, must be
satisfied before an award is paid under this plan.
15
PROXY STATEMENT
Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year End 2015
The following table summarizes the option and stock awards the Company has made to the NEOs which were
outstanding as of December 31, 2015.
OPTION AWARDS
STOCK AWARDS
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Exercisable
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Unexercisable
Equity Incentive
Plan Awards:
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Unearned
Options (#)
Option
Exercise
Price
Option
Expiration
Date
Equity Incentive
Plan Awards:
Number of
Unearned
Shares, Units or
Other Rights
That Have Not
Vested (#)
Equity
Incentive Plan
Awards: Market
or Payout Value
Unearned of
Shares, Units or
Other Rights
That Have Not
Vested ($)(7)
10,000
10,000
5,000
5,000
5,000
10,000
5,000
1,500
5,000
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- $ 28.43 1/3/2017
- 28.78 1/2/2018
- 28.78 1/2/2018
5.30 1/2/2019
-
5.08 1/4/2020
-
- 28.00 6/27/2016
- 28.78 1/2/2018
-
-
-
-
5.40 2/9/2019
5.08 1/4/2020
-
-
9,843 (2) $
150,106
4,360 (3) $
66,490
3,855 (4) $
58,789
3,626 (5) $
55,297
6,135 (6) $
93,559
Name and
Principal Position
Shaun A. Burke
President/CEO(1)
Carter Peters
EVP/CFO
H. Michael Mattson
EVP/CLO
Sheri Biser
EVP/CCO
Robin Robeson
EVP/COO
(1) Shares of stock purchased pursuant to options granted to Mr. Burke in 2005 (20,000 shares) are subject to a 5-year
holding period upon vesting and exercise, unless the employment relationship between the Company and him is
terminated.
(2) Restricted stock awards vest as follows: 5,543 – 2/4/17; 4,300 – 2/2/18
(3) Restricted stock awards vest as follows: 1,927 – 2/4/17; 2,433 – 2/2/18
(4) Restricted stock awards vest as follows: 2,471 – 2/4/17; 1,384 – 2/2/18
(5) Restricted stock awards vest as follows: 2,247 – 2/4/17; 1,379 – 2/2/18
(6) Restricted stock awards vest as follows: 2,946 – 2/3/17; 3,189 – 2/2/18
(7) Represents aggregate unvested stock awards at a per share price of $15.25
Directors’ Compensation
During 2015, each non-employee member of the Board received cash compensation from the Bank of $830 per
each Bank board meeting attended, payable monthly. In addition to the cash compensation, each non-employee member of
the Board receives equity compensation from the Company. Directors will receive fees for committee memberships or
attendance at committee meetings comprised of $200 per meeting for the Executive, Audit and Compensation Committees
and $125 per meeting for any other committee. The Chairman of the Board, receives an additional $340 monthly fee. The
Chairman of each of the Audit and Compensation Committees receives an additional $170 monthly fee in addition to the
regular per meeting fee.
Directors may participate in the Company’s 2015 Equity Plan. During fiscal years 2015, 2014, and 2013, restricted
stock awards of 1,183, 1,606, and 2,072, respectively, were granted to each independent, non-employee director to provide
equity compensation from the Company. Annual equity compensation is determined at the discretion of the Compensation
Committee.
16
PROXY STATEMENT
The following table sets forth information with respect to the compensation received in fiscal years 2015, 2014, and
2013 for serving as a director of the Company and the Bank.
Don Gibson
Name
Jack Barham
James Batten
Kurt Hellweg
Gregory Ostergren
Tim Rosenbury
James Sivils
John Griesemer
David Moore
Fees Earned
or Paid in Cash
($)
Stock
Awards
($)(1)
Total
Compensation
($)
$
14,620 $
11,615
12,535
-
875
13,250
12,355
12,640
14,270
12,695
12,000
12,175
-
4,450
11,010
12,740
11,175
14,850
12,870
10,800
13,600
13,425
10,975
12,875
13,080
4,700
17,497 $
17,505
14,504
-
-
14,504
17,497
17,505
14,504
17,497
17,505
14,504
-
17,505
14,504
17,497
17,505
14,504
17,497
17,505
14,504
17,497
17,505
14,504
17,497
-
32,117
29,120
27,039
-
875
27,754
29,852
30,145
28,774
30,192
29,505
26,679
-
21,955
25,514
30,237
28,680
29,354
30,367
28,305
28,104
30,922
28,480
27,379
30,577
4,700
Year
2015
2014
2013
2015
2014
2013
2015
2014
2013
2015
2014
2013
2015
2014
2013
2015
2014
2013
2015
2014
2013
2015
2014
2013
2015
2014
(1) This column represents equity compensation from the Company and is the aggregate grant date fair value of restricted
stock awards granted under the 2015 Equity Plan and 2010 Equity Plan. The compensation for 2015 per director of
$17,497 represents 1,183 shares granted at a per share price of $14.79. The compensation for 2014 per director of
$17,505 represents 1,606 shares granted at a per share price of $10.90. The compensation for 2013 per director of
$14,504 represents 2,072 shares granted at a per share price of $7.00.
Indebtedness of Management and Directors and Transactions with Certain Related Persons
Loans made to a director or executive officer in excess of the greater of $25,000 or 5% of the Company’s capital
and surplus (up to a maximum of $500,000) must be approved in advance by a majority of the disinterested members of the
Board of Directors. The Bank, like other financial institutions, provides loans to its officers, directors, and employees to
purchase or refinance personal residences as well as consumer loans. As an additional benefit to eligible Bank directors and
employees, the Bank offers an employee mortgage loan program (the “Loan Program”). The Loan Program provides
mortgage loans at favorable interest rates, namely a one-year adjustable rate mortgage priced at the Bank’s cost of funds. The
purpose of the loan must be to purchase or refinance a primary or secondary residence (i.e., no investment properties). All
full-time employees that have completed the 30-day probation period are eligible to participate in this Loan Program.
Underwriting includes standard application and financial disclosures, which must qualify to standard secondary market
requirements. The borrower is responsible for all third party closing costs. Payments must be automatically deducted from
an account maintained at the Bank. The index rate is the Bank’s all-in cost of funds. The index will be the last month-end
calculation within 45 days prior to closing. The maximum adjustment per year is 2% with a 6% lifetime maximum. Each
loan has up to a 30-year note/amortization. If the borrower’s employment is terminated for reasons other than normal
retirement, disability or death, or if the property securing the Note ceases to be the primary or secondary residence of the
Employee, the interest rate will adjust to the rate that would have been in effect pursuant to the original provision of the Note.
The payment will adjust the following month to amortize the outstanding balance of the Note using the new interest rate and
17
PROXY STATEMENT
the remaining term. Other than the interest rate with respect to the Loan Program, all loans provided under the Loan Program
and any other loans provided to Directors and Executive Officers have been made in the ordinary course of business, on
substantially the same terms and collateral as those of comparable transactions prevailing at the time, and, in the opinion of
management of the Company, do not involve more than the normal risk of collectability or present other unfavorable features.
No Directors, Executive Officers or their affiliates had aggregate indebtedness to the Company or the Bank on below
market rate loans exceeding the lesser of (i) $120,000 or (ii) one percent of the average of the Company’s total assets at year-
end for the last completed fiscal year, at any time since January 1, 2015 except as noted in the following table.
Largest
Principal
Amount
Outstanding
Since
01/01/15
Principal
Balance
as of
3/31/16
448,226 $
154,594 $
456,409 $
820,697 $
175,615 $
255,876 $
427,358
147,369
434,822
782,187
155,584
245,115
Interest
Rate at
3/31/16
1.000%
1.000%
1.000%
1.000%
1.000%
1.000%
Type
Home Mortgage
Home Mortgage
Home Mortgage
Home Mortgage
Home Mortgage
Home Mortgage
Position
Director
Director
EVP,CFO
Director
Director
President, CEO
and Director
Date of
Loan
10/27/08
09/12/08
06/09/08
08/14/08
06/19/08
01/14/11
$
$
$
$
$
$
Director
6/1/2014
$
394,269 $
379,815
1.000%
Home Mortgage
Name
James R. Batten
Don Gibson
Carter M. Peters
Kurt Hellweg
Tim Rosenbury
The Burke Family Trust
(Shaun A. Burke)
James L. Sivils, III
18
PROXY STATEMENT
ADVISORY (NON-BINDING) VOTE TO APPROVE EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
SECOND PROPOSAL
Background of the Proposal
The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 (the “Dodd-Frank Act”) and
corresponding SEC rules enable the Company’s stockholders to vote to approve, on an advisory and non-binding basis, the
compensation of Company’s named executive officers as disclosed in this Proxy Statement in accordance with SEC rules.
As a result, the following proposal will be presented at the Annual Meeting in the form of the following resolution:
Proposal
RESOLVED, that the stockholders approve the compensation of the Company’s named executive officers, as
disclosed in the Compensation Discussion and Analysis, and the compensation tables (together with the accompanying
narrative disclosure) and related material in the Company’s Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting.
Effect of Proposal
As provided under the SEC rules, this vote will not be binding on the Company’s Board of Directors or the
Compensation Committee and may not be construed as overruling a decision by the Board or as creating or implying any
additional fiduciary duty of the Board. Further, the vote shall not affect any compensation paid or awarded to any executive.
The Compensation Committee and the Board may, however, take into account the outcome of the vote when considering
future executive compensation arrangements.
THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS UNANIMOUSLY RECOMMENDS A VOTE FOR APPROVAL OF THE
PROPOSAL ON EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION.
19
PROXY STATEMENT
REPORT OF THE AUDIT COMMITTEE
The Audit Committee of the Board is composed of five directors. The Board has determined that each of these
directors is independent under the Marketplace Rules of Nasdaq. In particular, each of these directors is independent as
defined under Rule 5605(a)(2) and qualified pursuant to Rule 5605(c)(2)(A). The Board has also determined that Mr. Batten
qualifies as an Audit Committee Financial Expert as defined by the rules and regulations of the SEC. Only this paragraph of
the Report of the Audit Committee shall be incorporated by reference into the Company’s Annual Report on form 10-K filed
with the SEC under the Exchange Act, notwithstanding the incorporation by reference of this Report of the Audit Committee
into such filing.
The primary duties and responsibilities of the Audit Committee are to (i) monitor the Company’s financial reporting
process and systems of internal control, (ii) monitor the independence and performance of the Company’s independent
registered public accounting firm and internal auditors, and (iii) assure that management, the Board of Directors, the internal
auditors and the independent auditors have the opportunity to communicate with one another.
The Committee has reviewed and discussed the audited consolidated financial statements with management and has
discussed with BKD, LLP, the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm matters required to be discussed
by Auditing Standard No. 16, Communications with Audit Committees.
The Audit Committee has also received the written disclosures and the letter from BKD, LLP, the Company’s
independent registered public accounting firm, required by the applicable requirements of the Public Company Accounting
Oversight Board regarding the independent accountant’s communications with the Audit Committee concerning
independence. The Audit Committee has discussed with the independent registered public accounting firm that firm’s
independence. The Audit Committee has considered whether the provision of non-audit services is compatible with
maintaining the independence of the independent registered public accounting firm. The Audit Committee has concluded that
the independent registered public accounting firm is independent from the Company.
Based upon the Audit Committee’s discussions and review described above, the Audit Committee recommended to
the Board of Directors that the audited consolidated financial statements be included in the Company’s Annual Report on
Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015 for filing with the SEC.
THE AUDIT COMMITTEE
James R. Batten
James L. Sivils, III
David T. Moore
Kurt D. Hellweg
Tim Rosenbury
20
PROXY STATEMENT
PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES
During the calendar years ended December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, BKD, LLP, the Company’s
independent registered public accounting firm during these periods, provided various audit, audit related and non-audit
services, including tax, to the Company. Set forth below are the aggregate fees billed for these services during these periods
and a brief description of such services:
(a) Audit fees: Aggregate fees billed for professional services rendered for the audits of the Company’s annual financial
statements and reviews of quarterly financial statements were $146,980 for the calendar year ended December 31,
2015 and $136,970 for the calendar year ended December 31, 2014.
(b) Audit-related fees: Aggregate fees billed for assurance and related services rendered and consultation on accounting
matters not otherwise reported in (a) above were $13,180 for the calendar year ended December 31, 2015 and
$17,605 for the calendar year ended December 31, 2014.
(c) Tax fees: Aggregate fees billed for professional services rendered related to tax compliance, tax advice and tax
planning were $22,800 for the calendar year ended December 31, 2015 and $25,995 for the calendar year ended
December 31, 2014.
(d) All other fees: Aggregate fees billed for all other professional services, including compliance work and ESOP
services, were $6,605 for the calendar year ended December 31, 2015, and $1,725 for the calendar year ended
December 31, 2014.
The Audit Committee pre-approves all audit and permissible non-audit services to be provided by BKD, LLP and
the estimated fees for these services. There are no other specific policies or procedures relating to the pre-approval of services
performed by BKD, LLP. The Audit Committee considered whether the audit and non-audit services rendered by BKD, LLP
were compatible with maintaining BKD, LLP’s independence as auditors of our financial statements.
21
PROXY STATEMENT
THIRD PROPOSAL
RATIFICATION OF BKD, LLP AS
INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
The independent registered public accounting firm for the period ended December 31, 2015 for the Company and
its subsidiary, the Bank, was BKD, LLP. In accordance with its charter, the Audit Committee has selected and appointed
BKD, LLP to continue as the independent registered public accounting firm of the Company for the fiscal year ending
December 31, 2016. As part of good corporate practice, the Audit Committee and the Company’s Board of Directors are
requesting that its stockholders ratify such appointment. The Audit Committee is not required to take any action as a result
of the outcome of the vote on this proposal. If the stockholders do not ratify the appointment, however, the Audit Committee
may investigate the reasons for stockholder rejection and may consider whether to retain BKD, LLP or to appoint another
independent registered public accounting firm.
A representative of BKD, LLP will be present at the Annual Meeting. The representative will have an opportunity
to make a statement, if so desired, and will be available to respond to appropriate questions.
THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF THE COMPANY UNANIMOUSLY RECOMMENDS A VOTE FOR
THE RATIFICATION OF THE APPOINTMENT OF BKD, LLP AS THE COMPANY’S INDEPENDENT
REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDING DECEMBER 31, 2016.
MISCELLANEOUS
The Board of Directors is not aware of any business to come before the Annual Meeting other than those matters
described above in this Proxy Statement. However, if any other matters should properly come before the meeting, it is
intended that proxies in the accompanying form that are received from stockholders will be voted in respect thereof in the
discretion of the persons named in the accompanying proxy. If the Company did not have notice of a matter on or before
May 1, 2016, it is expected that the persons named in the accompanying proxy will exercise discretionary authority when
voting on that matter.
It is anticipated that the Company’s annual report to stockholders for the period ended December 31, 2015, including
financial statements, will be mailed on April 25, 2016, together with this Proxy Statement, to all stockholders of record as of
the Record Date. Any stockholder who has not received a copy of the annual report may obtain a copy by writing to the
Secretary of the Company at the Company’s address as provided at the end of the next section of this Proxy Statement.
If a stockholder and other residents at the same mailing address own Common Stock in street name, the broker or
bank may have sent the stockholder a notice that his or her household will receive only one annual report and proxy statement
for each company in which they hold shares through that broker or bank. This practice of sending only one copy of proxy
materials is known as “householding.” If the stockholder did not respond that he or she did not want to participate in
householding, he or she was deemed to have consented to the process. If the foregoing procedures apply, the broker has sent
one copy of the annual report and this Proxy Statement to such address. However, even if the broker has sent only one copy
of these proxy materials, each stockholder in the household should receive a proxy card. If a stockholder wishes to revoke
his or her consent to householding, or to request householding if a household is receiving multiple copies of the Company’s
proxy statement and annual report, the stockholder must contact his or her broker, bank or other nominee.
22
PROXY STATEMENT
STOCKHOLDER PROPOSALS
In order to be eligible for inclusion in the Company’s proxy materials for next year’s annual meeting of stockholders,
any stockholder proposal to take action at such meeting must be received at the Company’s executive offices at 1341 W.
Battlefield, Springfield, Missouri 65807-4181, no later than December 26, 2016.
In the event the Company receives notice of a stockholder proposal to take action at next year’s annual meeting of
stockholders that is not submitted for inclusion in the Company’s proxy material, or is submitted for inclusion but is properly
excluded from the proxy material, the persons named in the proxy sent by the Company to its stockholders intend to exercise
their discretion to vote on the stockholder proposal if notice of such proposal is received at the Company’s main office
between 60 days and 30 days prior to the meeting. If next year’s annual meeting is held on May 24, 2017, then stockholder
proposals would have to be delivered to the Company between March 25, 2017 and April 24, 2017. The Company’s
Certificate of Incorporation provides that if notice of a stockholder proposal to take action at next year’s annual meeting is
not received at the Company’s main office between 60 days and 30 days prior to the meeting, the proposal will not be eligible
for presentation at that meeting. However, if less than 31 days’ notice of the annual meeting is provided by the Company, a
stockholder’s proposal would have to be received no later than 10 days after notice was mailed to the stockholders by the
Company for that meeting.
A COPY OF THE COMPANY’S ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K (INCLUDING THE FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS) FOR THE PERIOD ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015, AS FILED WITH THE SEC, WILL BE
FURNISHED WITHOUT CHARGE TO STOCKHOLDERS AS OF THE RECORD DATE UPON WRITTEN
REQUEST TO VICKI LINDSAY, SECRETARY, GUARANTY FEDERAL BANCSHARES, INC., 1341 WEST
BATTLEFIELD, SPRINGFIELD, MISSOURI 65807-4181.
Dated: April 25, 2016
23
PROXY STATEMENT
This page intentionally left blank
PROXY STATEMENT This page intentionally left blank
PROXY STATEMENT This page intentionally left blank
PROXY STATEMENT Guaranty Federal Bancshares, Inc.
2015 Annual Report
Board of Directors
Guaranty Federal Bancshares, Inc. and Guaranty Bank
Don M. Gibson
Chairman of the Board
Guaranty Federal Bancshares
and Guaranty Bank
Shaun A. Burke
President and CEO
Guaranty Federal Bancshares
and Guaranty Bank
James R. Batten, CPA
Management Consultant
Kurt D. Hellweg
Chairman and CEO
International Dehydrated Foods, Inc.
and American Dehydrated Foods, Inc.
David T. Moore
President and CEO
Paul Mueller Company
Tim Rosenbury, AIA
Executive Vice President
and Chairman Butler,
Rosenbury and Partners, Inc.
James L. Sivils, III, JD
CEO, Environmental Works, Inc.
John F. Griesemer
Executive Vice President and COO
Springfield Underground, Inc.
Greg A. Horton
Chief Executive Officer of Integrity
Pharmacy and Integrity Home Care
Joined Board February 2016
Executive Officers
Guaranty Federal Bancshares, Inc. and Guaranty Bank
Shaun A. Burke
President,
Chief Executive Officer
Carter M. Peters
Executive Vice President,
Chief Financial Officer
H. Michael Mattson
Executive Vice President,
Chief Lending Officer
Sheri D. Biser
Executive Vice President,
Chief Credit Officer
Robin E. Robeson
Executive Vice President,
Chief Operating Officer
Vicki Lindsay
Corporate Secretary
SPRINGFIELD:
1341 West Battlefield
2109 North Glenstone
4343 South National
1905 West Kearney
1510 East Sunshine
2155 West Republic
NIXA:
709 West Mount Vernon
291 East Hwy CC
OZARK:
1701 West State Hwy J
MORTGAGE LOAN PRODUCTION OFFICE:
1100 Spur Dr. Ste. 15, Marshfield
417.520.4333 / gbankmo.com